Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Machine Learning

653 missions · 432 completed

The science of systems that learn from data and experience. Its scope runs from the statistical and mathematical foundations of learning, including generalization, expressivity, and computational limits, through the design of learning algorithms, deep learning, reinforcement learning, and probabilistic methods, to the empirical study of large models and the trustworthiness, interpretability, and societal impact of learned systems.

Missions

Open221Completed432All653
🏆Completed
OptimizationStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Additive Logistic Regression: A Statistical View of Boosting 1: The Exponential Criterion E[e^{−yF(x)}] Is Minimized at Half the Log-Odds ½ log[P(y=1|x)/P(y=−1|x)]Research Paper

Motivation

AdaBoost (Freund and Schapire, 1996) combines many weak classifiers, such as small decision trees, into a single strong classifier by repeatedly reweighting the training data. In the late 1990s it was among the most accurate off-the-shelf classifiers, but why it worked was unclear. Friedman, Hastie and Tibshirani (Ann. Statist. 28 (2000) 337–407) gave a statistical explanation: AdaBoost fits an additive model by stagewise minimization of the exponential criterion E(e−yF(x))E(e^{-yF(x)})E(e−yF(x)), and the population minimizer of that criterion is half the log-odds of the class probability. Boosting is therefore a form of additive logistic regression. This reading underlies gradient boosting, LogitBoost, and the later theory of classification-calibrated surrogate losses.

The exponential criterion was introduced by Schapire and Singer (1998) as an upper bound on misclassification error, and Breiman (1997) used it in his analysis of AdaBoost. Lemma 1 of the 2000 paper is the statement that identifies its population minimizer.

Setting

A feature xxx ranges over a measurable space XXX and a label yyy takes the values −1-1−1 and 111. The pair (x,y)(x, y)(x,y) has a joint law ν\nuν, a probability measure on X×{−1,1}X \times \{-1, 1\}X×{−1,1}, with marginal νX\nu_XνX​ on XXX. Disintegrating ν\nuν gives the conditional class probabilities P(y=1∣x)P(y = 1 \mid x)P(y=1∣x) and P(y=−1∣x)P(y = -1 \mid x)P(y=−1∣x).

For a function F:X→RF : X \to \mathbb RF:X→R the exponential criterion (11) is the joint expectation

J(F)=E(e−yF(x))=∫e−yF(x) dν(x,y),J(F) = E\big(e^{-yF(x)}\big) = \int e^{-yF(x)}\, d\nu(x, y),J(F)=E(e−yF(x))=∫e−yF(x)dν(x,y),

a number in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞]. Its conditional version at xxx is E(e−yF(x)∣x)E(e^{-yF(x)} \mid x)E(e−yF(x)∣x). Given a current estimate FFF, the weighted conditional expectation with weight w(x,y)=e−yF(x)w(x, y) = e^{-yF(x)}w(x,y)=e−yF(x) is

Ew[g(x,y)∣x]=E[w(x,y) g(x,y)∣x]E[w(x,y)∣x],E_w[g(x, y) \mid x] = \frac{E[w(x, y)\, g(x, y) \mid x]}{E[w(x, y) \mid x]},Ew​[g(x,y)∣x]=E[w(x,y)∣x]E[w(x,y)g(x,y)∣x]​,

and Pw(y=±1∣x)=Ew[1[y=±1]∣x]P_w(y = \pm 1 \mid x) = E_w[1_{[y = \pm 1]} \mid x]Pw​(y=±1∣x)=Ew​[1[y=±1]​∣x]. The half log-odds is

F⋆(x)=12log⁡P(y=1∣x)P(y=−1∣x).F^\star(x) = \tfrac12 \log \frac{P(y = 1 \mid x)}{P(y = -1 \mid x)}.F⋆(x)=21​logP(y=−1∣x)P(y=1∣x)​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Lemma 1

Assume 0<P(y=1∣x)<10 < P(y = 1 \mid x) < 10<P(y=1∣x)<1 for νX\nu_XνX​-almost every xxx. Then F⋆F^\starF⋆ is measurable, and for every measurable F:X→RF : X \to \mathbb RF:X→R,

E(e−yF⋆(x))≤E(e−yF(x)),E\big(e^{-yF^\star(x)}\big) \le E\big(e^{-yF(x)}\big),E(e−yF⋆(x))≤E(e−yF(x)),

and, for νX\nu_XνX​-almost every xxx, (13) and (14) hold:

P(y=1∣x)=eF⋆(x)e−F⋆(x)+eF⋆(x),P(y=−1∣x)=e−F⋆(x)e−F⋆(x)+eF⋆(x).P(y = 1 \mid x) = \frac{e^{F^\star(x)}}{e^{-F^\star(x)} + e^{F^\star(x)}}, \qquad P(y = -1 \mid x) = \frac{e^{-F^\star(x)}}{e^{-F^\star(x)} + e^{F^\star(x)}}.P(y=1∣x)=e−F⋆(x)+eF⋆(x)eF⋆(x)​,P(y=−1∣x)=e−F⋆(x)+eF⋆(x)e−F⋆(x)​.

Milestones

  1. The conditional criterion (proof of Lemma 1): E(e−yF(x)∣x)=P(y=1∣x)e−F(x)+P(y=−1∣x)eF(x)E(e^{-yF(x)} \mid x) = P(y = 1 \mid x) e^{-F(x)} + P(y = -1 \mid x) e^{F(x)}E(e−yF(x)∣x)=P(y=1∣x)e−F(x)+P(y=−1∣x)eF(x), and J(F)J(F)J(F) is the νX\nu_XνX​-average of the conditional criterion for measurable FFF.
  2. Its derivative in F(x)F(x)F(x): −P(y=1∣x)e−F(x)+P(y=−1∣x)eF(x)-P(y = 1 \mid x) e^{-F(x)} + P(y = -1 \mid x) e^{F(x)}−P(y=1∣x)e−F(x)+P(y=−1∣x)eF(x).
  3. Corollary 3: at an optimal FFF, the weighted conditional mean of yyy vanishes, Ew(y∣x)=0E_w(y \mid x) = 0Ew​(y∣x)=0 almost everywhere.
  4. Result 2 with (23)–(24): for a measurable current estimate FFF, the Real AdaBoost step f(x)=12log⁡(Pw(y=1∣x)/Pw(y=−1∣x))f(x) = \tfrac12 \log\big(P_w(y = 1 \mid x)/P_w(y = -1 \mid x)\big)f(x)=21​log(Pw​(y=1∣x)/Pw​(y=−1∣x)) minimizes J(F+f)J(F + f)J(F+f) over measurable fff, and F+f=F⋆F + f = F^\starF+f=F⋆ almost everywhere.
  5. Corollary 1: on a region where FFF is a constant ccc, the average of e−yice^{-y_i c}e−yi​c is minimized at c=12log⁡(n+/n−)c = \tfrac12 \log(n_+/n_-)c=21​log(n+​/n−​), and the sample proportions are the symmetric logistic transform of that ccc.
  6. Display (15): eF/(e−F+eF)=e2F/(1+e2F)e^{F}/(e^{-F} + e^{F}) = e^{2F}/(1 + e^{2F})eF/(e−F+eF)=e2F/(1+e2F), so the symmetric logistic transform of (13) is the usual logistic model with a factor 222.

Significance

Lemma 1 is what makes the rest of the paper a statement about logistic regression. Because the minimizer of JJJ is the half log-odds, an additive model F=∑mfmF = \sum_m f_mF=∑m​fm​ built by minimizing JJJ estimates 12logit⁡P(y=1∣x)\tfrac12 \operatorname{logit} P(y = 1 \mid x)21​logitP(y=1∣x), and the transform (13) converts it into a class probability. Result 2 shows that one population step of Real AdaBoost from any starting point already reaches F⋆F^\starF⋆, so the many iterations used in practice come from the crude approximation of conditional expectations by trees, not from the criterion. Corollary 3 gives the first-order condition used to interpret the AdaBoost weights. The other missions of this series (Discrete AdaBoost, LogitBoost, Gentle AdaBoost, multiclass LogitBoost) all rest on these population facts.

All of these results are proved in the paper; none is open. What this mission adds is a machine-checked version in the population setting, with conditional probabilities obtained from an honest disintegration of the joint law instead of being postulated. No formalization of the exponential criterion's population minimizer is known to exist on the platform or in Mathlib. The pointwise calculus is elementary; the work is in the measure-theoretic layer.

Difficulty

The paper's proof minimizes the conditional criterion pointwise and sets the derivative to zero. Turning this into a statement about JJJ requires three things the one-line proof does not mention. First, the joint expectation must be rewritten as an iterated integral, which needs the disintegration of ν\nuν and measurability of everything integrated. Second, the pointwise minimizer F⋆F^\starF⋆ must itself be a measurable function of xxx, which the calculus says nothing about. Third, the comparison is against every measurable competitor, including those with J(F)=∞J(F) = \inftyJ(F)=∞, so integrability cannot be assumed. Corollary 3 has a further difficulty: it assumes nothing about the class probabilities, so a proof must show that optimality of FFF forces them strictly between 000 and 111 almost everywhere, a fact the paper's one-line proof does not address.

Formalization scope

Labels live on Bool, with sgn true = 1 and sgn false = -1. The joint law is ν : Measure (X × Bool) with [IsProbabilityMeasure ν] on an arbitrary measurable space X. P(y=b∣x)P(y = b \mid x)P(y=b∣x) is (ν.condKernel x {b}).toReal, read off Mathlib's conditional kernel. It is determined only νX\nu_XνX​-almost everywhere, so (13), (14), Corollary 3 and the identity of Result 2 are almost-everywhere statements; the conditional formula and its derivative hold at every xxx. JJJ is a lower Lebesgue integral in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞]. Competitors range over all measurable functions X→RX \to \mathbb RX→R. Derivatives are stated with HasDerivAt.

The hypothesis 0<P(y=1∣x)<10 < P(y = 1 \mid x) < 10<P(y=1∣x)<1 almost everywhere is added to Lemma 1 and Result 2. Without it the ratio in (12) is 000 or undefined, Real.log 0 = 0 would give a junk value, and no minimizer of JJJ exists. Corollary 1 assumes both labels occur in the region, which is the sample counterpart.

Several formalizations would make the targets trivial, and none is used here. Defining JJJ through its conditional formula would make milestone 1 a definition and the goal pointwise, so JJJ is the joint expectation under ν\nuν. A Bochner integral would return 000 for a non-integrable e−yFe^{-yF}e−yF and make every such FFF a minimizer, so JJJ takes values in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞]. A bare deriv is 000 at points of non-differentiability. Writing the logistic transform as 1/(1+e−F)1/(1 + e^{-F})1/(1+e−F) in place of eF/(e−F+eF)e^{F}/(e^{-F} + e^{F})eF/(e−F+eF) would lose the factor 222 that (15) records.

A complete development needs the disintegration of a measure on X×BoolX \times \mathrm{Bool}X×Bool, iterated lower integrals, measurability of the conditional kernel, and elementary calculus of t↦ae−t+bett \mapsto a e^{-t} + b e^{t}t↦ae−t+bet. Lemmas about conditional expectations against condKernel on a finite label set, and the measurability of x↦P(y=1∣x)x \mapsto P(y = 1 \mid x)x↦P(y=1∣x), are reusable in the other missions of this series. Contributions of either kind are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Friedman, T. Hastie and R. Tibshirani, Additive logistic regression: a statistical view of boosting (with discussion), Annals of Statistics 28(2), 337–407, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1214/aos/1016218223
  • Y. Freund and R. E. Schapire, Experiments with a new boosting algorithm, Proceedings of ICML, 148–156, 1996. https://dl.acm.org/doi/10.5555/3091696.3091715
  • R. E. Schapire and Y. Singer, Improved boosting algorithms using confidence-rated predictions, Proceedings of COLT, 80–91, 1998; Machine Learning 37, 297–336, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1007614523901
  • L. Breiman, Prediction games and arcing algorithms, Technical Report 504, Statistics Department, UC Berkeley, 1997; Neural Computation 11(7), 1493–1517, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1162/089976699300016106
8 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
OptimizationStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Additive Logistic Regression: A Statistical View of Boosting 5: J-Class LogitBoost Is the Base-Class-Averaged Diagonal Quasi-Newton Step on the Multinomial Log-LikelihoodResearch Paper

Motivation

Boosting combines many weak classifiers into a strong one. Friedman, Hastie and Tibshirani (Ann. Statist. 28 (2000) 337–407) explained the two-class AdaBoost algorithms statistically: in the population, boosting fits an additive logistic regression model by stagewise optimization of a criterion on the log-odds scale. Section 5 of that paper carries the explanation to J>2J>2J>2 classes. It answers two questions a practitioner faces when boosting a multiclass problem:

  • what the widely used AdaBoost.MH algorithm of Schapire and Singer (1998) actually estimates;
  • how to obtain a coupled multiclass procedure whose class probabilities sum to one.

The paper's answer to the second question is LogitBoost for JJJ classes (Algorithm 6). Result 6 asserts that it takes quasi-Newton steps on the multinomial log-likelihood. Algorithm 6 underlies later multiclass gradient boosting, where the per-class Newton step with a diagonal Hessian and the factor (J−1)/J(J-1)/J(J−1)/J reappears (Friedman, Ann. Statist. 29 (2001)).

Setting

Fix J≥2J\ge2J≥2 classes, labelled 1,…,J1,\dots,J1,…,J, and a measurable space XXX of features. A probability measure ν\nuν on X×{1,…,J}X\times\{1,\dots,J\}X×{1,…,J} is the joint law of the feature xxx and the class yyy. The classes are mutually exclusive.

  • The indicator responses are yj∗=1[y=j]y^*_j = \mathbf 1_{[y=j]}yj∗​=1[y=j]​, and the {−1,1}\{-1,1\}{−1,1} responses are yj=2yj∗−1y_j = 2y^*_j-1yj​=2yj∗​−1.
  • Conditional expectations E(⋅∣x)E(\cdot\mid x)E(⋅∣x) are integrals against the conditional law ν(⋅∣x)\nu(\cdot\mid x)ν(⋅∣x) of the class given xxx.
  • The class probabilities are pj(x)=P(yj=1∣x)p_j(x) = P(y_j=1\mid x)pj​(x)=P(yj​=1∣x).

Definition 1 (p. 354) introduces the symmetric multiple logistic transformation

Fj(x)=log⁡pj(x)−1J∑k=1Jlog⁡pk(x),(39)F_j(x) = \log p_j(x) - \frac1J\sum_{k=1}^J\log p_k(x),\tag{39}Fj​(x)=logpj​(x)−J1​k=1∑J​logpk​(x),(39)

and states that it is equivalent to

pj(x)=eFj(x)∑k=1JeFk(x),∑k=1JFk(x)=0.(40)p_j(x) = \frac{e^{F_j(x)}}{\sum_{k=1}^J e^{F_k(x)}},\qquad \sum_{k=1}^J F_k(x) = 0.\tag{40}pj​(x)=∑k=1J​eFk​(x)eFj​(x)​,k=1∑J​Fk​(x)=0.(40)

For J=2J=2J=2 this is the two-class F(x)=12log⁡[p(x)/(1−p(x))]F(x) = \frac12\log[p(x)/(1-p(x))]F(x)=21​log[p(x)/(1−p(x))].

AdaBoost.MH (Algorithm 5) treats each class against the rest. Its population criterion is ∑j=1JE e−yjGj(x)\sum_{j=1}^J E\,e^{-y_jG_j(x)}∑j=1J​Ee−yj​Gj​(x).

LogitBoost (JJJ classes) (Algorithm 6, population version) keeps a fit F(x)=(F1(x),…,FJ(x))F(x) = (F_1(x),\dots,F_J(x))F(x)=(F1​(x),…,FJ​(x)) and the probabilities pj(x)p_j(x)pj​(x) given by (40). For each class jjj it forms the working response and weight

zj=yj∗−pj(x)pj(x)(1−pj(x)),wj=pj(x)(1−pj(x)).z_j = \frac{y^*_j-p_j(x)}{p_j(x)(1-p_j(x))},\qquad w_j = p_j(x)(1-p_j(x)).zj​=pj​(x)(1−pj​(x))yj∗​−pj​(x)​,wj​=pj​(x)(1−pj​(x)).

It takes the weighted conditional mean fj(x)=Ewj(zj∣x)=E(wjzj∣x)/E(wj∣x)f_j(x) = E_{w_j}(z_j\mid x) = E(w_jz_j\mid x)/E(w_j\mid x)fj​(x)=Ewj​​(zj​∣x)=E(wj​zj​∣x)/E(wj​∣x), and updates

Fj(x) ← Fj(x)+J−1J(fj(x)−1J∑k=1Jfk(x)).F_j(x)\ \leftarrow\ F_j(x) + \frac{J-1}{J}\Big(f_j(x) - \frac1J\sum_{k=1}^Jf_k(x)\Big).Fj​(x) ← Fj​(x)+JJ−1​(fj​(x)−J1​k=1∑J​fk​(x)).

The multilogit parametrization with base class bbb writes Gj(x)=Fj(x)−Fb(x)G_j(x) = F_j(x)-F_b(x)Gj​(x)=Fj​(x)−Fb​(x), so that Gb=0G_b = 0Gb​=0. The multinomial log-likelihood of one observation is

l(G)=∑j≠byj∗Gj−log⁡(1+∑k≠beGk).l(G) = \sum_{j\ne b}y^*_jG_j - \log\Big(1+\sum_{k\ne b}e^{G_k}\Big).l(G)=j=b∑​yj∗​Gj​−log(1+k=b∑​eGk​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Result 6 (p. 356), as its Derivation (p. 357) makes precise

Result 6 states that the LogitBoost algorithm (JJJ classes, population version) uses quasi-Newton steps for fitting an additive symmetric logistic model by maximum likelihood. The goal states, for every xxx and every current fit FFF, the three facts the Derivation makes precise:

  1. For every base class bbb and j,k≠bj,k\ne bj,k=b, the score and Hessian of g↦E(l(G+g)∣x)g\mapsto E(l(G+g)\mid x)g↦E(l(G+g)∣x) at g=0g = 0g=0 are
sj(x)=E(yj∗−pj(x)∣x),Hj,k(x)=−pj(x)(δjk−pk(x)).s_j(x) = E\big(y^*_j-p_j(x)\mid x\big),\qquad H_{j,k}(x) = -p_j(x)\big(\delta_{jk}-p_k(x)\big).sj​(x)=E(yj∗​−pj​(x)∣x),Hj,k​(x)=−pj​(x)(δjk​−pk​(x)).
  1. The diagonal step gj(b)=−Hj,j(x)−1sj(x)g^{(b)}_j = -H_{j,j}(x)^{-1}s_j(x)gj(b)​=−Hj,j​(x)−1sj​(x) is well defined and equals E(yj∗−pj(x)∣x)/(pj(x)(1−pj(x)))E(y^*_j-p_j(x)\mid x)/(p_j(x)(1-p_j(x)))E(yj∗​−pj​(x)∣x)/(pj​(x)(1−pj​(x))).
  2. The Algorithm 6 update is the average over all base classes of the symmetrized diagonal step:
Fj(x)+J−1J(fj−1J∑kfk)=Fj(x)+1J∑b=1J(gj(b)−1J∑k=1Jgk(b)).F_j(x) + \frac{J-1}{J}\Big(f_j - \frac1J\sum_k f_k\Big) = F_j(x) + \frac1J\sum_{b=1}^J\Big(g^{(b)}_j - \frac1J\sum_{k=1}^J g^{(b)}_k\Big).Fj​(x)+JJ−1​(fj​−J1​k∑​fk​)=Fj​(x)+J1​b=1∑J​(gj(b)​−J1​k=1∑J​gk(b)​).

Milestones

  • Definition 1: the equivalence of (39) and (40), and the two-class case.
  • The multilogit coordinates with base class bbb.
  • Derivation steps 1, 2 and 3 separately.
  • The population form of Algorithm 6's weighted least-squares fit.
  • For J=2J=2J=2, Algorithm 6 reduces to two-class LogitBoost (Algorithm 3).
  • Result 5 (p. 355): population AdaBoost.MH fits JJJ uncoupled models
Gj(x)=12log⁡pj(x)1−pj(x),G_j(x) = \tfrac12\log\frac{p_j(x)}{1-p_j(x)},Gj​(x)=21​log1−pj​(x)pj​(x)​,

each minimizing the class-jjj-against-the-rest exponential criterion.

Significance

The result places J-class LogitBoost inside likelihood theory. Its population step is a Newton-type step for multinomial maximum likelihood. Two approximations separate it from the full Newton step: the Hessian is replaced by its diagonal, and the base class is averaged out. Result 5 shows that AdaBoost.MH, in contrast, solves JJJ decoupled one-against-the-rest problems whose implied probabilities need not sum to one. That contrast is the paper's argument for the coupled procedure.

All statements here are proved in the paper by direct calculation. They have not been formalized before. The mission produces machine-checked versions of the population claims and of the algebra behind them. That algebra comprises the softmax/centred-logit equivalence, the multinomial score and Hessian in base-class coordinates, and the base-class averaging identity. These pieces are reusable for any multinomial logistic or softmax model.

Difficulty

There is no deep step. The work lies in keeping two parametrizations apart: the base-class multilogit coordinates GGG, with J−1J-1J−1 free entries, and the symmetric centred coordinates FFF, with JJJ entries summing to zero. The derivatives are taken in GGG. The algorithm and (40) live in FFF. The step is converted back by symmetrization. Mixing the two makes the averaging identity false or vacuous.

A second point is that the update is not the Newton step −H−1s-H^{-1}s−H−1s. The page states this explicitly: for full Newton stepping the symmetrization would be redundant. The tempting shortcut of proving that Algorithm 6 equals the full Newton step therefore does not prove Result 6.

Formalization scope

  • Classes are Fin J, with J≥2J\ge2J≥2 where needed.
  • ν\nuν is a probability measure on X×X\timesX× Fin J.
  • Conditional expectations given xxx are integrals against Mathlib's ν.condKernel x.
  • The constants 1/J1/J1/J and (J−1)/J(J-1)/J(J−1)/J are real numbers.
  • Every statement about Result 6 is conditional on a fixed xxx and holds for every xxx, with no integrability or positivity hypothesis on the true class probabilities.
  • The model probabilities (40) lie strictly in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1) when J≥2J\ge2J≥2, so pj(1−pj)≠0p_j(1-p_j)\ne0pj​(1−pj​)=0 is proved, not assumed.
  • The page fixes the base class JJJ. Here the base class is a parameter bbb, as the averaging in step 3 requires.
  • The AdaBoost.MH criteria are lower Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞].
  • Result 5 adds the hypothesis 0<pj(x)<10<p_j(x)<10<pj​(x)<1 for almost every xxx, because the log-odds is undefined at 000 and 111.
  • Definition 1 is stated for positive probability vectors.

Trivializing encodings are ruled out:

  • Derivatives are stated with HasDerivAt along coordinate lines, and the Hessian is the derivative of an explicitly given partial derivative, never a deriv equation that would be a junk 000 at non-differentiable points.
  • The conditional expectations E(yj∗∣x)E(y^*_j\mid x)E(yj∗​∣x) are integrals against the conditional law of the joint ν\nuν, not a free vector.
  • The exponential criteria are never Bochner integrals, which would return 000 on non-integrable integrands.
  • (40) is the softmax of the centred scores itself.

All objects are defined in one definitions file in the namespace AddLogReg.Multiclass. Proofs of any of the milestones are welcome. Lemmas on the softmax map, such as positivity, the derivative of log-sum-exp in base coordinates and shift invariance, are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • J. Friedman, T. Hastie, R. Tibshirani, Additive logistic regression: a statistical view of boosting, Ann. Statist. 28(2) (2000) 337–407. https://doi.org/10.1214/aos/1016218223
  • R. E. Schapire, Y. Singer, Improved boosting algorithms using confidence-rated predictions, Machine Learning 37 (1999) 297–336 (COLT 1998). https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1007614523901
  • J. Friedman, Greedy function approximation: a gradient boosting machine, Ann. Statist. 29(5) (2001) 1189–1232. https://doi.org/10.1214/aos/1013203451
11 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

The Weighted Majority Algorithm 9: With η Anomalies Every Randomized Learner Can Be Forced to ½ opt(F, 0) + η Expected MistakesResearch Paper

Motivation

Prediction with expert advice asks a learner to predict a binary label on each of a sequence of trials, after seeing the predictions of a pool of candidate functions, and to make few more mistakes than the best member of the pool. Littlestone and Warmuth's The Weighted Majority Algorithm (Inform. and Comput. 108, 1994) gave the deterministic algorithm WM and its randomized variant WMR, and proved worst-case bounds that hold for every sequence of trials, with no probabilistic assumption on the data. Their §8 asks how good such bounds can possibly be when the data contain anomalies: disagreements with a candidate function, counted relative to the best-fitting member of the pool. Such disagreements can arise from noise in the instances or labels, or from instances that do not determine the label.

For the randomized algorithm WMR the expected number of mistakes grows, by Corollary 6.1 of the paper, at rate ln⁡(1/β)/(1−β)\ln(1/\beta)/(1-\beta)ln(1/β)/(1−β) per anomaly, which tends to 111 as β→1\beta \to 1β→1. Theorem 8.2 shows that no randomized learner, however it is built, can do better than rate 111: an adversary who fixes the sequence in advance can force half the noise-free optimum plus one expected mistake per anomaly. Together with the deterministic counterpart, Theorem 8.1 (rate 222), it locates the cost of label noise in online learning exactly. Mistake-bound lower bounds of this kind are a standard reference point for the analysis of online classification and of the expert-advice algorithms descended from WM (Cesa-Bianchi and Lugosi, Prediction, Learning, and Games, 2006).

Timeline: Littlestone (1988) characterized the optimal noise-free mistake bound opt(F,0)\mathrm{opt}(F,0)opt(F,0) by complete mistake trees (the Littlestone dimension); Littlestone and Warmuth (FOCS 1989; journal version 1994) introduced WM and WMR and proved Theorems 8.1 and 8.2.

Setting

Let XXX be an arbitrary domain and FFF a pool of functions X→{0,1}X \to \{0,1\}X→{0,1}, finite or infinite. A trial is a pair (x,y)(x,y)(x,y) with x∈Xx\in Xx∈X and y∈{0,1}y\in\{0,1\}y∈{0,1}; a sequence of trials is a finite list S=((x1,y1),…,(xT,yT))\mathcal S = ((x_1,y_1),\dots,(x_T,y_T))S=((x1​,y1​),…,(xT​,yT​)), in which an instance may repeat with different labels. The number of anomalies of S\mathcal SS with respect to fff is #{t:f(xt)≠yt}\#\{t : f(x_t)\ne y_t\}#{t:f(xt​)=yt​}, and SηS_\etaSη​ is the collection of sequences for which some f∈Ff\in Ff∈F has at most η\etaη anomalies.

A deterministic algorithm maps the past trials and the current instance to a predicted label; MA(S)M_A(\mathcal S)MA​(S) counts its wrong predictions, and

opt(F,η)=inf⁡Asup⁡S∈SηMA(S).\mathrm{opt}(F,\eta) = \inf_A \sup_{\mathcal S\in S_\eta} M_A(\mathcal S).opt(F,η)=Ainf​S∈Sη​sup​MA​(S).

A randomized algorithm uses random choices independent of the sequence. On a fixed sequence its behaviour at trial ttt is summarized by pt∈[0,1]p_t\in[0,1]pt​∈[0,1], the probability that it predicts 111 given the preceding instances and labels and the current instance; its expected number of mistakes is ∑t∣pt−yt∣\sum_t |p_t - y_t|∑t​∣pt​−yt​∣, and

optRAND(F,η)=inf⁡Asup⁡S∈Sη∑t=1T∣pt−yt∣,\mathrm{opt}_{\mathrm{RAND}}(F,\eta) = \inf_A \sup_{\mathcal S\in S_\eta} \sum_{t=1}^T |p_t-y_t|,optRAND​(F,η)=Ainf​S∈Sη​sup​t=1∑T​∣pt​−yt​∣,

the infimum ranging over all maps AAA from (past trials, current instance) to pt∈[0,1]p_t \in [0,1]pt​∈[0,1].

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8.2 (p. 252)

For every pool FFF with ∣F∣>1|F|>1∣F∣>1 and every integer η≥0\eta\ge 0η≥0,

optRAND(F,η) ≥ 12 opt(F,0)+η.\mathrm{opt}_{\mathrm{RAND}}(F,\eta)\ \ge\ \tfrac12\,\mathrm{opt}(F,0)+\eta .optRAND​(F,η) ≥ 21​opt(F,0)+η.

Both sides live in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]; when opt(F,0)=∞\mathrm{opt}(F,0)=\inftyopt(F,0)=∞ the statement says optRAND(F,η)=∞\mathrm{opt}_{\mathrm{RAND}}(F,\eta)=\inftyoptRAND​(F,η)=∞.

Milestone: complete mistake trees (§8, p. 251)

"For any pool of functions FFF there exists a complete opt(F,0)\mathrm{opt}(F,0)opt(F,0)-mistake tree" ([Lit88]). On the platform this is the proved Lemma 21.7 of Shalev-Shwartz and Ben-David, MSOA(F)≤Ldim(F)M_{\mathrm{SOA}}(F)\le \mathrm{Ldim}(F)MSOA​(F)≤Ldim(F), together with Lemma 21.6, Ldim(F)≤MA(F)\mathrm{Ldim}(F) \le M_A(F)Ldim(F)≤MA​(F) for every AAA; a tree shattered by FFF is a complete mistake tree.

Significance

The theorem shows that the expected-mistake bound of WMR is optimal in its dependence on the number of anomalies: its coefficient of η\etaη approaches 111, and no randomized learner achieves a smaller one on every pool with two or more functions. It also quantifies the advantage of randomization: the deterministic rate is 222 (Theorem 8.1), the randomized rate is 111, and the noise-free term halves. The lower bound is obliviously adversarial, since the sequence is chosen before any coin is tossed, so it applies equally to the stronger model in which the adversary adapts to the learner's predictions.

The result has been proved since 1994. To our knowledge it has no machine-checked proof; the platform holds the Littlestone-dimension characterization of the noise-free optimum (Shalev-Shwartz and Ben-David, Chapter 21) but no statement about anomalies or randomized lower bounds. This mission formalizes the definitions of anomalies, opt(F,η)\mathrm{opt}(F,\eta)opt(F,η) and optRAND(F,η)\mathrm{opt}_{\mathrm{RAND}}(F,\eta)optRAND​(F,η), and the theorem.

Difficulty

An adversary against a randomized learner cannot react to its predictions: the whole sequence, instances and labels, must be fixed in advance, so the adaptive adversary that proves the deterministic bound is not directly available. The lower bound must instead come from the learner's prediction probabilities, which depend only on the sequence prefix; the content of the theorem is that this information is enough to construct, for every learner, one fixed sequence that stays inside SηS_\etaSη​ while forcing the stated expected count. Taking the infimum over learners inside an extended-real supremum over sequences of every length adds bookkeeping when opt(F,0)\mathrm{opt}(F,0)opt(F,0) is infinite.

Formalization scope

Sequences are Fin T → X × Bool for every T : ℕ. Deterministic algorithms, the mistake count, shattered trees and the Littlestone dimension are reused from the published definition UnderstandingML_Online (OnlineAlg, mistakes, ShattersTree, ldim, soa); randomized algorithms are its OnlineAlgR X := List (X × Bool) → X → ℝ restricted by IsRandAlg to values in [0,1][0,1][0,1], and the expected mistake count is its cumLoss. η\etaη is a natural number. opt(F,η)\mathrm{opt}(F,\eta)opt(F,η) takes values in ℕ∞ and optRAND(F,η)\mathrm{opt}_{\mathrm{RAND}}(F,\eta)optRAND​(F,η) in ℝ≥0∞; the paper's "minimum" is read as an infimum. ∣F∣>1|F|>1∣F∣>1 is F.Nontrivial, which admits infinite pools.

The reduction of randomized algorithms to probability maps is the main modelling choice: on a fixed sequence the expected number of mistakes of any algorithm whose randomization is independent of the sequence equals ∑t∣pt−yt∣\sum_t|p_t-y_t|∑t​∣pt​−yt​∣, and every map with values in [0,1][0,1][0,1] is realized by such an algorithm, so the two infima coincide. Dropping the constraint pt∈[0,1]p_t\in[0,1]pt​∈[0,1], or quantifying only over deterministic algorithms, gives a different quantity and is ruled out.

Needed: the definitions above, and the existence of a complete opt(F,0)\mathrm{opt}(F,0)opt(F,0)-mistake tree, available through the proved platform theorems on ldim and soa. Lemmas relating mistakes along a path of a shattered tree to ldim, and a reusable statement that an oblivious adversary can force expected loss 12\tfrac1221​ per trial, would serve other lower bounds in the Littlestone–Warmuth series and in online learning generally. Contributions of such lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • N. Littlestone, M. K. Warmuth, The Weighted Majority Algorithm, Information and Computation 108(2):212–261, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1006/inco.1994.1009
  • N. Littlestone, Learning Quickly When Irrelevant Attributes Abound: A New Linear-Threshold Algorithm, Machine Learning 2:285–318, 1988. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00116827
  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, S. Ben-David, Understanding Machine Learning: From Theory to Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2014, Chapter 21. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781107298019
  • N. Cesa-Bianchi, G. Lugosi, Prediction, Learning, and Games, Cambridge University Press, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511546921
7 thms4 active usersReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

A Nonparametric Asymptotic Analysis of Inventory Planning with Censored Demand 1: AIM's Average Expected Cost Is Within O(1/√T) of the Newsvendor Cost, Perishable and Non-PerishableResearch Paper

Motivation

A retailer who restocks a product every period must choose an order-up-to level without knowing the demand distribution, and in most retail settings it observes only sales, the minimum of demand and stock. Demand above the stock is lost and never recorded. This is censored demand: the data needed to estimate the distribution are truncated exactly at the decision. Classical inventory theory assumes the distribution is known, and then the optimal policy in the stationary case is to order up to the newsvendor quantity in every period.

Huh and Rusmevichientong (Math. Oper. Res. 34(1), 2009) give a nonparametric policy that learns from censored sales alone, the Adaptive Inventory Management (AIM) algorithm, and prove that its average expected cost approaches the newsvendor cost at rate 1/T1/\sqrt T1/T​. The perishable case reduces to online convex optimization in the sense of Zinkevich (2003) and Flaxman, Kalai and McMahan (2005). The non-perishable case is new: leftover stock constrains the next decision, and the paper controls this constraint through a single-server queue.

Setting

Demands D1,D2,⋯≥0D_1, D_2, \dots \ge 0D1​,D2​,⋯≥0 are independent and identically distributed with an unknown law of finite mean; DDD denotes a generic demand and FFF its distribution function. A holding cost h>0h > 0h>0 is paid per unit left over and a penalty b>0b > 0b>0 per unit of lost demand. The newsvendor cost of a level y≥0y \ge 0y≥0 is

Q(y)=h E[y−D]++b E[D−y]+,Q(y) = h\,E[y-D]^+ + b\,E[D-y]^+ ,Q(y)=hE[y−D]++bE[D−y]+,

and the newsvendor quantity is yNV=inf⁡{y≥0∣F(y)≥b/(b+h)}y^{NV} = \inf\{y \ge 0 \mid F(y) \ge b/(b+h)\}yNV=inf{y≥0∣F(y)≥b/(b+h)}.

In period ttt the manager holds xt≥0x_t \ge 0xt​≥0 units (x1=0x_1 = 0x1​=0), raises the stock to yt≥xty_t \ge x_tyt​≥xt​, and observes min⁡{Dt,yt}\min\{D_t, y_t\}min{Dt​,yt​}. Excess inventory is either perishable (xt+1=0x_{t+1} = 0xt+1​=0) or non-perishable (xt+1=[yt−Dt]+x_{t+1} = [y_t - D_t]^+xt+1​=[yt​−Dt​]+).

Assumption 1 gives the manager a bound yˉ≥yNV\bar y \ge y^{NV}yˉ​≥yNV, and in the non-perishable case a bound ρ\rhoρ with 0<ρ<E[D1]0 < \rho < E[D_1]0<ρ<E[D1​]. AIM keeps a target y^t\hat y_ty^​t​ and an implemented level yty_tyt​: y1=y^1∈[0,yˉ]y_1 = \hat y_1 \in [0, \bar y]y1​=y^​1​∈[0,yˉ​], and for t≥1t \ge 1t≥1

y^t+1=P[0,yˉ](y^t−ϵtHt(y^t)),yt+1=max⁡{y^t+1,xt+1},\hat y_{t+1} = P_{[0,\bar y]}\big(\hat y_t - \epsilon_t H_t(\hat y_t)\big), \qquad y_{t+1} = \max\{\hat y_{t+1}, x_{t+1}\},y^​t+1​=P[0,yˉ​]​(y^​t​−ϵt​Ht​(y^​t​)),yt+1​=max{y^​t+1​,xt+1​},

with the projection P[0,yˉ](z)=max⁡{min⁡{z,yˉ},0}P_{[0,\bar y]}(z) = \max\{\min\{z,\bar y\},0\}P[0,yˉ​]​(z)=max{min{z,yˉ​},0}, steps ϵt=γyˉ/(max⁡{b,h}t)\epsilon_t = \gamma\bar y/(\max\{b,h\}\sqrt t)ϵt​=γyˉ​/(max{b,h}t​) for a scale γ>0\gamma > 0γ>0, and the censored gradient estimate Ht(y^t)=hH_t(\hat y_t) = hHt​(y^​t​)=h if Dt<y^tD_t < \hat y_tDt​<y^​t​ and −b-b−b if Dt≥y^tD_t \ge \hat y_tDt​≥y^​t​. The manager can compute HtH_tHt​ from the observed sales.

For θ>0\theta > 0θ>0 the waiting times W1(θ)=0W_1(\theta) = 0W1​(θ)=0, Wt+1(θ)=[Wt(θ)+θ−Dt]+W_{t+1}(\theta) = [W_t(\theta) + \theta - D_t]^+Wt+1​(θ)=[Wt​(θ)+θ−Dt​]+ describe a GI/D/1 queue with inter-arrival times DtD_tDt​ and service time θ\thetaθ. Its busy periods Ji(θ)J_i(\theta)Ji​(θ) are the stretches between successive returns to 000. The auxiliary queue Z1(θ)=0Z_1(\theta) = 0Z1​(θ)=0, Zt+1(θ)=[Zt(θ)+θ/t−Dt]+Z_{t+1}(\theta) = [Z_t(\theta) + \theta/\sqrt t - D_t]^+Zt+1​(θ)=[Zt​(θ)+θ/t​−Dt​]+ has shrinking service times.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2

For every T≥1T \ge 1T≥1, in the perishable case

E[1T∑t=1TQ(yt)]−Q(yNV)≤(γ+1γ)yˉmax⁡{b,h}T,E\Big[\frac1T\sum_{t=1}^T Q(y_t)\Big] - Q(y^{NV}) \le \Big(\gamma + \frac1\gamma\Big)\frac{\bar y\max\{b,h\}}{\sqrt T},E[T1​t=1∑T​Q(yt​)]−Q(yNV)≤(γ+γ1​)T​yˉ​max{b,h}​,

and in the non-perishable case, if E[D16]<∞E[D_1^6] < \inftyE[D16​]<∞ and γ≤ρmax⁡{b,h}/(hyˉ)\gamma \le \rho\max\{b,h\}/(h\bar y)γ≤ρmax{b,h}/(hyˉ​), there is a constant CCC, independent of TTT, with

E[1T∑t=1TQ(yt)]−Q(yNV)≤CT.E\Big[\frac1T\sum_{t=1}^T Q(y_t)\Big] - Q(y^{NV}) \le \frac{C}{\sqrt T}.E[T1​t=1∑T​Q(yt​)]−Q(yNV)≤T​C​.

The non-perishable bullet asserts only the existence of CCC, because the paper's explicit formula (9) depends on Proposition 4 (i), which is false as printed.

Milestones

  • §2.4: QQQ is convex with left derivative hP{D<y}−bP{D≥y}h P\{D<y\} - bP\{D\ge y\}hP{D<y}−bP{D≥y}, and E[Ht∣y^t]E[H_t \mid \hat y_t]E[Ht​∣y^​t​] equals it.
  • Lemma 3: projected stochastic subgradient descent with steps γdiam⁡(S)/(Bˉt)\gamma\operatorname{diam}(S)/(\bar B\sqrt t)γdiam(S)/(Bˉt​) has average error at most (γ+1/γ)diam⁡(S)Bˉ/T(\gamma + 1/\gamma)\operatorname{diam}(S)\bar B/\sqrt T(γ+1/γ)diam(S)Bˉ/T​.
  • §2.4: Q(y)−Q(y^)≤h(y−y^)Q(y) - Q(\hat y) \le h(y - \hat y)Q(y)−Q(y^​)≤h(y−y^​) for 0≤y^≤y0 \le \hat y \le y0≤y^​≤y.
  • Theorem 6: if γ≤ρmax⁡{b,h}/(hyˉ)\gamma \le \rho\max\{b,h\}/(h\bar y)γ≤ρmax{b,h}/(hyˉ​), then yt−y^t≤Zt(ρ)y_t - \hat y_t \le Z_t(\rho)yt​−y^​t​≤Zt​(ρ).
  • Lemma 13: E∣Ji(θ,t)(θ)∣≤E[∣J1(θ)∣2]E|J_{i(\theta,t)}(\theta)| \le E[|J_1(\theta)|^2]E∣Ji(θ,t)​(θ)∣≤E[∣J1​(θ)∣2].
  • Lemma 5: E[∑t=1TZt(θ)]≤2θE[∣J1(θ)∣2]TE[\sum_{t=1}^T Z_t(\theta)] \le 2\theta E[|J_1(\theta)|^2]\sqrt TE[∑t=1T​Zt​(θ)]≤2θE[∣J1​(θ)∣2]T​.
  • Lemma 12: E[(∑i≤nXi)6]≤21n3EX16E[(\sum_{i\le n} X_i)^6] \le 21 n^3 E X_1^6E[(∑i≤n​Xi​)6]≤21n3EX16​ for i.i.d. mean-zero XiX_iXi​ (and the fourth-moment analogue).
  • Proposition 4 (i), corrected: E[∣J1(θ)∣2]≤1+21π22E[(D1−ED1)6]/(ED1−θ)6E[|J_1(\theta)|^2] \le 1 + \tfrac{21\pi^2}{2}E[(D_1 - ED_1)^6]/(ED_1 - \theta)^6E[∣J1​(θ)∣2]≤1+221π2​E[(D1​−ED1​)6]/(ED1​−θ)6 for 0<θ<E[D1]0 < \theta < E[D_1]0<θ<E[D1​].

Significance

Theorem 2 shows that a manager who never observes lost sales can still reach the cost of a manager who knows the distribution, at a dimension-free rate, under only a sixth-moment condition in the non-perishable case. The example of §2.5 of the paper shows that the rate 1/T1/\sqrt T1/T​ cannot be improved in general for AIM. Theorem 6, the coupling of the excess inventory yt−y^ty_t - \hat y_tyt​−y^​t​ with a queue, is the step that handles decisions constrained by past decisions, and the same paper reuses it when ρ\rhoρ is unknown (§3.2).

The results are proved in the paper, and none of them is formalized as far as is known. This mission formalizes them and also corrects them: Proposition 4 (i) fails for deterministic demand, its explicit constant has to be replaced, and Eq. (2) labels a right derivative as a left one. Lemma 3 for decreasing steps and Lemma 12 are standard tools that are not in Mathlib.

Difficulty

The perishable case is a stochastic subgradient method, but its estimates are conditionally unbiased only given the current iterate, and QQQ is merely convex, not differentiable, so the textbook smooth argument does not apply directly. In the non-perishable case the implemented levels yty_tyt​ are not the gradient iterates, and yt−y^ty_t - \hat y_tyt​−y^​t​ is not small along a path: carried-over stock can keep yty_tyt​ above the target for many periods. A bound on E[yt−y^t]E[y_t - \hat y_t]E[yt​−y^​t​] for each ttt does not follow from a bound on one period. The queue Zt(ρ)Z_t(\rho)Zt​(ρ) dominates the whole excess process, but it is non-stationary. Its sum has to be compared with the stationary queue Wt(ρ)W_t(\rho)Wt​(ρ), whose busy period covering a fixed time is length-biased, so second moments of busy periods enter.

Formalization scope

All declarations are in the namespace AIMInventory.Known. The demand law and the i.i.d. path measure are the published CappedBaseStock.DemandLaw and demandPathLaw, whose law has finite and strictly positive mean. QQQ and yNVy^{NV}yNV are the published backorderCost and newsvendorLevel of LostSalesOrderUpTo.Asymptotic.Backorder. The optimality of yNVy^{NV}yNV is the already posed LostSalesOrderUpTo.Asymptotic.newsvendor_optimal and is included as a reference.

Conventions:

  • The demand path is zero-based (DtD_tDt​ is d (t - 1)), and all paper indices t≥1t \ge 1t≥1 are kept.
  • The AIM run, WWW, ZZZ, the renewal epochs and the busy periods are functions of the demand path, defined by recursion exactly as printed.
  • The queue indexing is W1=Z1=0W_1 = Z_1 = 0W1​=Z1​=0 and τ0=1\tau_0 = 1τ0​=1 (the paper's W0W_0W0​, Z0Z_0Z0​ need an undefined D0D_0D0​ and θ/0\theta/\sqrt 0θ/0​). Period 111 lies in no busy period, so Lemma 13 is stated for t≥2t \ge 2t≥2.
  • Busy-period lengths are ℕ∞-valued. Every expectation that can be infinite is a lower Lebesgue integral in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. The expectations in Theorem 2 have bounded integrands.
  • Readings of loose phrases:
    • "for some γ>0\gamma > 0γ>0" means for every γ>0\gamma > 0γ>0;
    • "any value in [0,yˉ][0,\bar y][0,yˉ​]" means for every y^1∈[0,yˉ]\hat y_1 \in [0, \bar y]y^​1​∈[0,yˉ​];
    • "with probability one" in Theorem 6 means for every demand path;
    • "There is a constant CCC" means ∃C, ∀T≥1\exists C,\ \forall T \ge 1∃C, ∀T≥1.
  • The implicit positivity of hhh, bbb, yˉ\bar yyˉ​ (they appear in denominators) is added as hypotheses.
  • Lemma 3 is stated on Rn\mathbb R^nRn for every comparator u∈Su \in Su∈S, with E[H(z)∣z]E[H(z)\mid z]E[H(z)∣z] read as conditioning on the σ-algebra of the current iterate.
  • Proposition 4 (ii) and the explicit constant (9) are not stated.

The mission does not accept a formalization that sums over arbitrary sequences with yt≥y^ty_t \ge \hat y_tyt​≥y^​t​ instead of the AIM run, uses an uncensored gradient, or lets a non-integrable expectation default to 000.

Contributions toward a stochastic subgradient method with anytime steps, moment bounds for i.i.d. sums, and busy periods of Lindley's recursion are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • W. T. Huh, P. Rusmevichientong, A Nonparametric Asymptotic Analysis of Inventory Planning with Censored Demand, Mathematics of Operations Research 34(1), 2009. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1080.0355
  • M. Zinkevich, Online Convex Programming and Generalized Infinitesimal Gradient Ascent, ICML 2003. https://dl.acm.org/doi/10.5555/3041838.3041955
  • A. Flaxman, A. T. Kalai, H. B. McMahan, Online Convex Optimization in the Bandit Setting: Gradient Descent without a Gradient, SODA 2005. https://arxiv.org/abs/cs/0408007
  • E. Hazan, A. Agarwal, S. Kale, Logarithmic Regret Algorithms for Online Convex Optimization, Machine Learning 69, 2007. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10994-007-5016-8
15 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

A Nonparametric Asymptotic Analysis of Inventory Planning with Censored Demand 3: For Any Step Scale γ, Non-Perishable AIM's Excess Cost Λ₂(T) Is Bounded by a Hitting Time and a Busy PeriodResearch Paper

Motivation

A retailer who stocks a perishable or storable product each period must choose an order-up-to level without knowing the demand distribution. Worse, demand is censored: when the shelf empties, the retailer observes sales, not demand. Huh and Rusmevichientong (Math. Oper. Res. 34(1), 2009) proposed the Adaptive Inventory Management (AIM) algorithm, a projected stochastic subgradient method that uses only the censored observation "was there stock left at the end of the period?". They proved that its average expected cost converges to the cost of the optimal newsvendor level at rate O(1/T)O(1/\sqrt T)O(1/T​), with no parametric assumption on demand.

In the non-perishable case, where leftover stock carries over, the main convergence theorem (Theorem 2, p. 7) requires the step-size scale γ\gammaγ to satisfy γ≤ρmax⁡{b,h}/(hyˉ)\gamma\le\rho\max\{b,h\}/(h\bar y)γ≤ρmax{b,h}/(hyˉ​), where ρ\rhoρ is a known lower bound on mean demand. Section 3.2 of the paper removes this requirement. Its Theorem 8 bounds the excess cost of AIM for every step scale γ>0\gamma>0γ>0, at the price of a hitting time and a busy period in the bound. This mission formalizes Theorem 8 and the steps of its proof.

Setting

Demands D1,D2,…D_1,D_2,\dotsD1​,D2​,… are independent, nonnegative, identically distributed, with finite positive mean E[D1]E[D_1]E[D1​] and otherwise unknown law. The holding cost is h>0h>0h>0 per unit left over and the penalty is b>0b>0b>0 per unit of unmet demand. The newsvendor cost of stocking up to y≥0y\ge0y≥0 is

Q(y)=h E[y−D1]++b E[D1−y]+,Q(y)=h\,E[y-D_1]^+ + b\,E[D_1-y]^+ ,Q(y)=hE[y−D1​]++bE[D1​−y]+,

and the newsvendor quantity is yNV=inf⁡{y≥0:P(D1≤y)≥b/(b+h)}y^{NV}=\inf\{y\ge0: P(D_1\le y)\ge b/(b+h)\}yNV=inf{y≥0:P(D1​≤y)≥b/(b+h)}. The manager knows an upper bound yˉ≥yNV\bar y\ge y^{NV}yˉ​≥yNV.

AIM, non-perishable case. Fix γ>0\gamma>0γ>0 and a starting target y^1∈[0,yˉ]\hat y_1\in[0,\bar y]y^​1​∈[0,yˉ​]. Put y1=y^1y_1=\hat y_1y1​=y^​1​, x1=0x_1=0x1​=0. In period t≥1t\ge1t≥1 the step is ϵt=γyˉ/(max⁡{b,h}t)\epsilon_t=\gamma\bar y/(\max\{b,h\}\sqrt t)ϵt​=γyˉ​/(max{b,h}t​), the observed slope is Ht=hH_t=hHt​=h if Dt<y^tD_t<\hat y_tDt​<y^​t​ and Ht=−bH_t=-bHt​=−b otherwise, and

y^t+1=max⁡{min⁡{y^t−ϵtHt,yˉ},0},xt+1=[yt−Dt]+,yt+1=max⁡{y^t+1,xt+1}.\hat y_{t+1}=\max\{\min\{\hat y_t-\epsilon_tH_t,\bar y\},0\},\qquad x_{t+1}=[y_t-D_t]^+,\qquad y_{t+1}=\max\{\hat y_{t+1},x_{t+1}\}.y^​t+1​=max{min{y^​t​−ϵt​Ht​,yˉ​},0},xt+1​=[yt​−Dt​]+,yt+1​=max{y^​t+1​,xt+1​}.

The target y^t\hat y_ty^​t​ follows the gradient step. The implemented level yty_tyt​ can exceed it because stock that has already been bought cannot be returned. The excess-cost term is

Λ2(T)=E[1T∑t=1T(Q(yt)−Q(y^t))].\Lambda_2(T)=E\Big[\frac1T\sum_{t=1}^T\big(Q(y_t)-Q(\hat y_t)\big)\Big].Λ2​(T)=E[T1​t=1∑T​(Q(yt​)−Q(y^​t​))].

Auxiliary processes. Let m=hγyˉ/max⁡{b,h}m=h\gamma\bar y/\max\{b,h\}m=hγyˉ​/max{b,h}. For a real θ\thetaθ:

  • W1(θ)=0W_1(\theta)=0W1​(θ)=0, Wt+1(θ)=[Wt(θ)+θ−Dt]+W_{t+1}(\theta)=[W_t(\theta)+\theta-D_t]^+Wt+1​(θ)=[Wt​(θ)+θ−Dt​]+ is a queue with constant inflow. Its first busy period has length ∣J1(θ)∣=inf⁡{t>1:Wt(θ)=0}−1|J_1(\theta)|=\inf\{t>1:W_t(\theta)=0\}-1∣J1​(θ)∣=inf{t>1:Wt​(θ)=0}−1.
  • Z1(θ)=0Z_1(\theta)=0Z1​(θ)=0, Zt+1(θ)=[Zt(θ)+θ/t−Dt]+Z_{t+1}(\theta)=[Z_t(\theta)+\theta/\sqrt t-D_t]^+Zt+1​(θ)=[Zt​(θ)+θ/t​−Dt​]+ is a queue with decreasing inflow.
  • K(θ,z)=min⁡{t≥0:z+∑s=1t(θ−Ds)≤0}K(\theta,z)=\min\{t\ge0: z+\sum_{s=1}^t(\theta-D_s)\le0\}K(θ,z)=min{t≥0:z+∑s=1t​(θ−Ds​)≤0} is the hitting time of (−∞,0](-\infty,0](−∞,0] by the random walk started at zzz.

For 0<ρ′<m0<\rho'<m0<ρ′<m, the proof uses T~=⌈(m/ρ′)2⌉\tilde T=\lceil(m/\rho')^2\rceilT~=⌈(m/ρ′)2⌉ and K~=min⁡{t>T~:Zt(m)=0}\tilde K=\min\{t>\tilde T:Z_t(m)=0\}K~=min{t>T~:Zt​(m)=0}.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8 (p. 13)

For every T≥1T\ge1T≥1 and every ρ′\rho'ρ′ with 0<ρ′<min⁡{m,E[D1]}0<\rho'<\min\{m,E[D_1]\}0<ρ′<min{m,E[D1​]},

Λ2(T)≤max⁡{b,h} yˉT{⌈(m/ρ′)2⌉+E[K(ρ′,22 m2ρ′)]}+2hm E[∣J1(ρ′)∣2]T.\Lambda_2(T)\le\frac{\max\{b,h\}\,\bar y}{T}\Big\{\big\lceil(m/\rho')^2\big\rceil+E\Big[K\Big(\rho',\frac{2\sqrt2\,m^2}{\rho'}\Big)\Big]\Big\}+\frac{2hm\,E\big[|J_1(\rho')|^2\big]}{\sqrt T}.Λ2​(T)≤Tmax{b,h}yˉ​​{⌈(m/ρ′)2⌉+E[K(ρ′,ρ′22​m2​)]}+T​2hmE[∣J1​(ρ′)∣2]​.

The statement makes no moment assumption on demand. It is stated with the paper's explicit constants, and both expectations on the right may be infinite.

Milestones

  1. Coupling (proof of Theorem 8, p. 13). For every demand path and every t≥1t\ge1t≥1, yt−y^t≤Zt(m)y_t-\hat y_t\le Z_t(m)yt​−y^​t​≤Zt​(m).
  2. Restart bound (p. 14). For 0<ρ′<m0<\rho'<m0<ρ′<m, E[K~]≤⌈(m/ρ′)2⌉+E[K(ρ′,22m2/ρ′)]E[\tilde K]\le\lceil(m/\rho')^2\rceil+E[K(\rho',2\sqrt2m^2/\rho')]E[K~]≤⌈(m/ρ′)2⌉+E[K(ρ′,22​m2/ρ′)].
  3. Claim (14) (p. 14, proved in Appendix E). For 0<ρ′<min⁡{m,E[D1]}0<\rho'<\min\{m,E[D_1]\}0<ρ′<min{m,E[D1​]}, hTE[∑t=K~+1TZt(m)]≤2hm E[∣J1(ρ′)∣2]/T\frac hT E\big[\sum_{t=\tilde K+1}^T Z_t(m)\big]\le 2hm\,E[|J_1(\rho')|^2]/\sqrt TTh​E[∑t=K~+1T​Zt​(m)]≤2hmE[∣J1​(ρ′)∣2]/T​.
  4. Lemma 9, corrected (p. 13). If θ<E[D1]\theta<E[D_1]θ<E[D1​], E[D14]<∞E[D_1^4]<\inftyE[D14​]<∞ and z>0z>0z>0, then E[K(θ,z)]≤1+2zE[D1]−θ+8π2E[(D1−E[D1])4](E[D1]−θ)4E[K(\theta,z)]\le1+\frac{2z}{E[D_1]-\theta}+\frac{8\pi^2E[(D_1-E[D_1])^4]}{(E[D_1]-\theta)^4}E[K(θ,z)]≤1+E[D1​]−θ2z​+(E[D1​]−θ)48π2E[(D1​−E[D1​])4]​.

Significance

The result. The cost of AIM relative to the newsvendor benchmark splits as Λ1(T)+Λ2(T)\Lambda_1(T)+\Lambda_2(T)Λ1​(T)+Λ2​(T). Stochastic subgradient descent controls Λ1(T)\Lambda_1(T)Λ1​(T) for every γ\gammaγ, so Theorem 8 is the remaining step in showing that AIM converges at rate O(1/T)O(1/\sqrt T)O(1/T​) without any knowledge of a lower bound on mean demand. The first term of the bound is O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T) whenever E[K]E[K]E[K] is finite, and Lemma 9 gives that under a finite fourth moment. The second term is O(1/T)O(1/\sqrt T)O(1/T​) whenever E[∣J1∣2]E[|J_1|^2]E[∣J1​∣2] is finite, and the paper's Proposition 4 gives that under a finite sixth moment. The result therefore removes the one piece of prior information about demand, other than yˉ\bar yyˉ​, that the non-perishable analysis needed.

Formalizing it. The paper's proof is complete and short, but it moves between expectations of random indices, pathwise couplings and renewal arguments, and the statements of Theorem 8 and Lemma 9 contain the slips recorded below. None of these results has a machine-checked proof. The mission produces a checked AIM recursion, a pathwise domination of excess inventory by a queue, and hitting-time and busy-period bounds for random walks with nonnegative i.i.d. decrements.

Difficulty

The argument behind Theorem 2 dominates yt−y^ty_t-\hat y_tyt​−y^​t​ by a queue whose inflow ρ/t\rho/\sqrt tρ/t​ is below the mean demand. For large γ\gammaγ the inflow m/tm/\sqrt tm/t​ exceeds E[D1]E[D_1]E[D1​] in early periods, so the queue Z(m)Z(m)Z(m) is unstable at first and its busy periods are not controlled by a stationary queue. A direct bound on E[∑tZt(m)]E[\sum_t Z_t(m)]E[∑t​Zt​(m)] through busy periods of W(m)W(m)W(m) fails, because W(m)W(m)W(m) may never empty when m≥E[D1]m\ge E[D_1]m≥E[D1​]. The proof therefore separates a random initial stretch, which ends at the first time after T~\tilde TT~ that Z(m)Z(m)Z(m) empties, from the remainder. The two parts are bounded by different processes. The random index K~\tilde KK~ sits inside the sums, so the expectations have to be handled with that dependence.

Formalization scope

  • Demand uses the published definition CappedBaseStock_Model (DemandLaw, the i.i.d. path measure demandPathLaw). Its law has finite and strictly positive mean. The cost QQQ and yNVy^{NV}yNV are the published backorderCost and newsvendorLevel of LostSalesOrderUpTo.Asymptotic.Backorder. Both are reused, not redefined.
  • The demand path is zero-based: the paper's DtD_tDt​ is d (t-1). AIM is a deterministic recursion on the path, and y^t,yt,xt\hat y_t,y_t,x_ty^​t​,yt​,xt​ depend on D1,…,Dt−1D_1,\dots,D_{t-1}D1​,…,Dt−1​ only. Levels are real numbers, and QQQ is evaluated at nonnegative levels.
  • The conventions are Z1=W1=0Z_1=W_1=0Z1​=W1​=0 and τ0=1\tau_0=1τ0​=1. The paper's own indexing (Z0=0Z_0=0Z0​=0 in (7)) is undefined at t=0t=0t=0, and these are the conventions its proofs use.
  • KKK, ∣J1∣|J_1|∣J1​∣ and K~\tilde KK~ take values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], and E[K]E[K]E[K], E[∣J1∣2]E[|J_1|^2]E[∣J1​∣2], E[K~]E[\tilde K]E[K~] are Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. Theorem 8 and Claim (14) are stated in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. A divergent expectation therefore makes a bound trivially true. It can never make a bound false or vacuous through a junk value 000. Λ2(T)\Lambda_2(T)Λ2​(T) is a real expectation of a bounded integrand.
  • Explicit readings of loose phrases: "for any choice of the parameter γ\gammaγ" means every γ>0\gamma>0γ>0. "Set y1=y^1y_1=\hat y_1y1​=y^​1​ to any value in [0,yˉ][0,\bar y][0,yˉ​]" means the statements hold for every such start. "With probability one" in the coupling is stated pathwise. 0<ρ′0<\rho'0<ρ′ is added (the bound divides by ρ′\rho'ρ′), as are h,b,yˉ>0h,b,\bar y>0h,b,yˉ​>0. In Claim (14) the random lower limit K~\tilde KK~ is read inside the expectation, as in (13) and Appendix E.
  • Lemma 9 is false as printed: for D≡1D\equiv1D≡1, θ=0\theta=0θ=0, z=1/4z=1/4z=1/4 one has K=1K=1K=1 while the printed bound is 1/21/21/2. The mission states it with an additive 111, which is what the printed proof gives once the integers below 2z/(E[D1]−θ)2z/(E[D_1]-\theta)2z/(E[D1​]−θ) are counted correctly.
  • Ruled out: stating the goal about an arbitrary sequence of levels instead of the AIM recursion, taking E[K]E[K]E[K] or E[∣J1∣2]E[|J_1|^2]E[∣J1​∣2] as real Bochner integrals (which are 000 when the expectation diverges and would make the bound false), and dropping the newsvendor bound yNV≤yˉy^{NV}\le\bar yyNV≤yˉ​ from the goal.
  • Welcome contributions: a reusable Lindley-recursion (see Asmussen 2003, Ch. III) and busy-period library (the inspection-paradox bound E∣Ji(θ,s)(θ)∣≤E∣J1(θ)∣2E|J_{i(\theta,s)}(\theta)|\le E|J_1(\theta)|^2E∣Ji(θ,s)​(θ)∣≤E∣J1​(θ)∣2, Lemma 13 of the paper), fourth-moment Markov bounds for sums of i.i.d. centred variables, and shift invariance of the i.i.d. path measure.

Selected references

  • W. T. Huh and P. Rusmevichientong, A Nonparametric Asymptotic Analysis of Inventory Planning with Censored Demand, Mathematics of Operations Research 34(1):103–123, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1080.0355
  • S. Asmussen, Applied Probability and Queues, 2nd ed., Springer, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1007/b97236
8 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Asymptotic Calibration: The Regret-Balancing Randomised Forecast on the Grid {0, 1/k, …, 1} with k ≥ 1/ε² Is ε-Calibrated against Every Adaptive NatureResearch Paper

Motivation

A probability forecast is useful only when its stated frequencies bear a stable relation to outcomes. If a forecaster repeatedly announces a 70% chance of rain, calibration asks whether rain occurs on about 70% of those days. This is a minimal reliability requirement for probabilistic prediction, even though calibration alone does not rank every pair of forecasts by usefulness. Foster and Vohra study the difficulty of obtaining this property when the weather sequence is chosen in response to a forecaster's past behavior. A deterministic rule can be forced into a persistent calibration error; the article shows how randomized forecasts evade that obstruction when Nature sees past forecasts but cannot see the current random draw. Foster and Vohra, 1998.

The work sits at an intersection of sequential probability forecasting and repeated games. Its opponent can adapt to the whole observed history, including the forecaster's earlier random outcomes. The simultaneity of each round matters: before choosing that round's wet or dry outcome, Nature knows the distribution of the next forecast but not which forecast is realized. The paper's main result is about a specified forecasting rule constructed from regret balances, rather than merely the existence of some successful randomized strategy. Foster and Vohra, 1998, §§3, 5.

Timeline. Dawid (1982) proposed calibration as a criterion for sequential probability forecasts and showed that a coherent Bayesian expects to be calibrated (doi). Oakes (1985), with Dawid's accompanying comment, showed that no deterministic forecaster is calibrated against every outcome sequence: Nature may rain exactly when the forecast is at most 1/21/21/2 (doi). Foster and Vohra circulated the present randomized construction from 1994 (received August 1994, published 1998); their 1997 Games and Economic Behavior paper used a calibrated forecaster built on the same pairwise-regret flow equations to reach correlated equilibria (doi). Hart and Mas-Colell (2000) later turned the same internal-regret quantities into regret matching (doi).

Setting

At round sss, the outcome XsX_sXs​ is 111 for wet and 000 for dry. The forecaster selects a probability from the finite grid Gk={0,1/k,…,1}G_k=\{0,1/k,\ldots,1\}Gk​={0,1/k,…,1}, where kkk is a positive integer. A forecast ppp is represented by the binary probability vector (1−p,p)(1-p,p)(1−p,p); the second coordinate is the forecast chance of rain. The forecaster chooses i/ki/ki/k with probability μsi\mu_s^iμsi​. The Brier loss of that possible forecast is Lsi=(Xs−i/k)2L_s^i=(X_s-i/k)^2Lsi​=(Xs​−i/k)2.

After ttt rounds, nt(p)n_t(p)nt​(p) counts the realized forecasts equal to ppp, and ρt(p)\rho_t(p)ρt​(p) is the observed fraction of wet outcomes on those rounds. The quadratic calibration score is

Ct=∑p∈Gknt(p)t(ρt(p)−p)2.C_t=\sum_{p\in G_k}\frac{n_t(p)}{t}\bigl(\rho_t(p)-p\bigr)^2.Ct​=p∈Gk​∑​tnt​(p)​(ρt​(p)−p)2.

A forecast never issued has zero count and contributes zero. The paper also uses a weighted calibration score C~t\widetilde C_tCt​, in which the realized indicator that i/ki/ki/k was chosen is replaced by its conditional probability μsi\mu_s^iμsi​. Its weighted count is n~t(i/k)=∑s<tμsi\widetilde n_t(i/k)=\sum_{s<t}\mu_s^int​(i/k)=∑s<t​μsi​, and its weighted wet frequency is ρ~t(i/k)=∑s<tμsiXs/n~t(i/k)\widetilde\rho_t(i/k)=\sum_{s<t}\mu_s^i X_s/\widetilde n_t(i/k)ρ​t​(i/k)=∑s<t​μsi​Xs​/nt​(i/k) when the denominator is positive.

For grid points i/ki/ki/k and j/kj/kj/k, the pairwise regret Rti→jR_t^{i\to j}Rti→j​ is the positive part of the cumulative weighted reduction in Brier loss that would result from replacing i/ki/ki/k by j/kj/kj/k on rounds weighted by μsi\mu_s^iμsi​. The algorithm chooses its next distribution so that the regret flow out of each iii equals the flow into iii:

μsi∑jRs−1i→j=∑jμsjRs−1j→i.\mu_s^i\sum_j R_{s-1}^{i\to j} =\sum_j\mu_s^j R_{s-1}^{j\to i}.μsi​j∑​Rs−1i→j​=j∑​μsj​Rs−1j→i​.

These equations use only regret from previous rounds. They specify a distribution after every possible history, including histories created by Nature's adaptive choices. Foster and Vohra, 1998, §5.

Formalization targets

Main theorem

The target is Theorem 1: for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, choose k≥1/ε2k\ge1/\varepsilon^2k≥1/ε2 and let the forecaster follow the regret-flow equations. Against every adaptive Nature, the realized score eventually satisfies

Pr⁡{Ct<ε}>1−ε.\Pr\{C_t<\varepsilon\}>1-\varepsilon.Pr{Ct​<ε}>1−ε.

The time after which the inequality holds may depend on the forecaster, Nature, and ε\varepsilonε. The statement fixes the algorithm and the grid scale; a general existence theorem would leave out its central content. Foster and Vohra, 1998, Theorem 1 and §6 Corollary.

Supporting targets

The milestones record the source's attack path: solvability of the flow equations, a history-adapted forecaster satisfying them, the counting-process bounds and convergence of Ct−C~tC_t-\widetilde C_tCt​−Ct​ in probability, the algebraic link between calibration and regret, the bound on the smoothed regret potential, and the deterministic bound on C~t\widetilde C_tCt​. Theorem 3's last constant is written as (k+1)/(2δ)(k+1)/(2\delta)(k+1)/(2δ) and the corollary's horizon as 8k2/ε28k^2/\varepsilon^28k2/ε2; the printed constants are inconsistent with the paper's k+1k+1k+1 grid points and its derived rate, respectively. The provenance and corrections are recorded with those milestones. Foster and Vohra, 1998, §6.

Significance

The result gives a concrete randomized forecaster whose realized empirical frequencies remain reliable even when outcomes react to past forecasts. The game model includes fixed outcome sequences as a special case, but its adaptive Nature can condition future choices on every earlier realized forecast and outcome. The theorem therefore identifies a particular sequential rule, its finite forecast grid, and the information boundary under which its guarantee holds. Foster and Vohra, 1998, §§3, 5–6.

The published Foster–Vohra 1997 formalization already supplies reusable definitions of finite probability vectors, history laws, pairwise regret, and calibration scores, together with a proved finite flow-conservation theorem. This mission extends that substrate to the 1998 paper's Brier-loss grid algorithm. Theorem 1 and its supporting results are proved on paper but not yet formalized; the earlier formal existence theorem for some calibrated forecaster does not establish this algorithm's guarantee, which is the content of the goal.

Difficulty

The weighted score C~t\widetilde C_tCt​ is controlled by quantities known from the chosen mixtures, while CtC_tCt​ depends on the actual random draws. A direct deterministic bound on CtC_tCt​ therefore does not follow from the regret equations. The gap requires a quantitative comparison of realized counts and weighted counts under an adaptive history law, followed by a passage from those count errors to the nonlinear calibration score. The regret itself has a positive-part kink, so its aggregate bound is stated through the paper's smoothed potential. Foster and Vohra, 1998, §6.

Formalization scope

The Lean model uses binary outcomes, k+1k+1k+1 grid indices Fin (k + 1), and histories ordered from oldest to newest. Rounds start at index 000: the paper's Rs−1R_{s-1}Rs−1​ in round sss is the regret over the preceding sss indices. Forecast and outcome are drawn independently conditional on the past by the published histLaw; Nature is any map from complete past histories to a probability distribution on the two outcomes. The forecast rule is likewise a map from histories to grid distributions. For each earlier round it reads only that round's prefix, so the current outcome cannot influence its mixture.

The goal uses the realized quadratic score calibScore2Hj h 1, whose second vector coordinate is the wet probability. The map i↦(1−i/k,i/k)i\mapsto(1-i/k,i/k)i↦(1−i/k,i/k) is injective for k>0k>0k>0. The weighted score is a separate definition used in supporting results. A forecaster satisfying the flow equations is shown to exist by a milestone, so the goal's algorithm hypothesis has content. The statement covers adaptive Nature; replacing Nature by a fixed sequence or replacing CtC_tCt​ by C~t\widetilde C_tCt​ would change the claim.

Every theorem requiring the grid has the explicit k>0k>0k>0 condition. Deterministic calibration bounds assume binary outcomes and probability-vector weights; the history-law theorems obtain these properties from Fin 2 and PMF. When a weighted count is zero, Lean's division convention gives weighted wet frequency 000; nonnegative weights make its numerator zero as well. At horizon 000, the weighted calibration score is 000. The probability event is measured with the history law's outer measure in R≥0∪{∞}\mathbb R_{\ge0}\cup\{\infty\}R≥0​∪{∞}. Reusable work includes finite-history martingale estimates, weighted calibration comparisons, and finite regret-potential bounds.

Selected references

  • D. P. Foster and R. V. Vohra, Asymptotic calibration, Biometrika 85(2):379–390, 1998. DOI: 10.1093/biomet/85.2.379.
  • A. P. Dawid, The well-calibrated Bayesian, Journal of the American Statistical Association 77:605–613, 1982. DOI: 10.1080/01621459.1982.10477856.
  • D. Oakes, Self-calibrating priors do not exist, Journal of the American Statistical Association 80:339, 1985, with comments by A. P. Dawid (pp. 340–341) and M. Schervish (pp. 341–342). DOI: 10.1080/01621459.1985.10478117.
  • D. P. Foster and R. V. Vohra, Calibrated learning and correlated equilibrium, Games and Economic Behavior 21:40–55, 1997. DOI: 10.1006/game.1997.0595.
  • D. Blackwell, An analog of the minimax theorem for vector payoffs, Pacific Journal of Mathematics 6:1–8, 1956. DOI: 10.2140/pjm.1956.6.1.
  • S. Hart and A. Mas-Colell, A simple adaptive procedure leading to correlated equilibrium, Econometrica 68:1127–1150, 2000. DOI: 10.1111/1468-0262.00153.
14 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
CombinatoricsOperations ResearchTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

The Weighted Majority Algorithm 7: On a Class Shattered by Its Domain, Every Deterministic Learner's Mistake Bounds Satisfy Σ 2^(−M_i) < 2Research Paper

Motivation

An online learner predicts a binary label for each instance before seeing that instance's correct label. Its guarantee is usually measured by its worst possible number of mistakes against a target function. Such guarantees can differ greatly across target functions: an algorithm might learn one target quickly while taking much longer on another. Littlestone and Warmuth's analysis of the Weighted Majority Algorithm asks which collections of individual mistake guarantees can coexist for one deterministic learner. In Section 7 of their 1994 paper, they isolate a condition under which these guarantees obey a strict numerical constraint. The condition concerns how the target functions vary together over the instance domain, so the result applies without a probability distribution on instances or labels.

The theorem also supports the paper's comparison between arbitrary deterministic learners and Weighted Majority. Given individual mistake bounds, its inequality is the numerical condition that makes a suitable initial weighting of the target functions possible in Theorem 7.1 and Corollary 7.1 of the same paper. The present mission centers on the inequality itself, which is independent of a particular implementation of Weighted Majority.

Setting

Let XXX be an instance domain, possibly finite or infinite, and let φ1,…,φn:X→{0,1}\varphi_1,\ldots,\varphi_n:X\to\{0,1\}φ1​,…,φn​:X→{0,1} be a finite family of target functions. A trial presents an instance x∈Xx\in Xx∈X to a learner, asks it to predict either 000 or 111, and then reveals a label. A finite sequence is consistent with φi\varphi_iφi​ when each revealed label equals φi(x)\varphi_i(x)φi​(x) at that trial's instance. The learner may use the current instance and the complete history of earlier labeled trials when predicting; it does not see the current label first. No sampling or independence assumption is made.

The family is shattered by its domain when every pattern b=(b1,…,bn)∈{0,1}nb=(b_1,\ldots,b_n)\in\{0,1\}^nb=(b1​,…,bn​)∈{0,1}n appears as the vector of function values at some instance:

∀b∈{0,1}n∃x∈X∀i∈{1,…,n}, φi(x)=bi.\forall b\in\{0,1\}^n\quad\exists x\in X\quad\forall i\in\{1,\ldots,n\},\ \varphi_i(x)=b_i.∀b∈{0,1}n∃x∈X∀i∈{1,…,n}, φi​(x)=bi​.

This is a dual notion of shattering. The familiar VC condition asks whether a class of functions realizes every labeling of chosen instances. Here the domain realizes every joint value pattern of a chosen family of functions. The two conditions should not be interchanged.

Let AAA be any deterministic online learner. Write MiM_iMi​ for the supremum of the number of mistakes made by AAA over every finite sequence consistent with φi\varphi_iφi​. Since mistake counts are natural numbers, a finite supremum is an attained natural-number maximum. The theorem assumes each MiM_iMi​ is finite. In the Lean representation, this is a separate finiteness condition on each target's extended-natural mistake bound.

Formalization targets

Strict constraint on individual mistake bounds

The goal is Theorem 7.2 of Littlestone and Warmuth, pp. 244–245. For every domain, every finite family shattered by that domain, and every deterministic online learner with finite individual mistake bounds,

∑i=1n2−Mi<2.\sum_{i=1}^{n}2^{-M_i}<2.i=1∑n​2−Mi​<2.

The inequality is strict. Replacing it by a weak inequality would lose the stated result and the threshold used in the paper's later comparison with Weighted Majority. The theorem quantifies over the learner itself; it does not select a specially behaved learning rule.

Arithmetic milestones

Lemma 7.1 concerns positive real numbers with integral adjacent quotients. When a positive target sss is no larger than their sum and s/r1s/r_1s/r1​ is integral, some prefix sums exactly to sss. Lemma 7.2 concerns positive powers of two with integer exponents. If a power 2ℓ2^\ell2ℓ lies at least as high as each individual weight and at most as high as the total weight, some subset sums exactly to 2ℓ2^\ell2ℓ. Both statements and their exact source wording are recorded as the mission's milestones; they are the numbered arithmetic results used in Theorem 7.2.

Significance

The theorem limits the set of claims that one deterministic learner can make simultaneously. Small MiM_iMi​ contribute large terms to the sum, so a learner cannot have arbitrarily small worst-case mistake counts for all members of a domain-shattered family. This is a worst-case statement about every finite consistent trial sequence, rather than an average-case statement about a chosen data distribution. The paper's Corollary 7.1 uses the resulting inequality to select initial weights for a Weighted Majority comparison, but that later algorithmic statement is outside this mission's goal.

Formalizing this result adds a reusable dual-shattering predicate and an exact constraint on per-target online mistake bounds to the existing online-learning definitions. The paper proves the theorem, while the mission's Lean goal and its two milestone lemmas are open proof obligations. The separate published online-learning module provides the definitions of deterministic predictors, trial histories, mistake counts, and extended-natural worst-case bounds; it does not already prove this theorem.

Difficulty

For a single target, an arbitrary learner may have a small finite mistake bound. The difficulty is relating those bounds across different targets without placing extra restrictions on the learner. Domain shattering gives the adversary control over the simultaneous predictions of all functions at an instance, but the labels of one trial sequence must still remain consistent with a target. A simple count of targets or of possible patterns does not directly produce the strict weighted sum, particularly when the different MiM_iMi​ are unequal. The two arithmetic lemmas address exact sums of structured weights; the main theorem must also connect such weights to the learner's worst-case mistakes.

Formalization scope

The function family is indexed by Fin n, with zero-based Lean indices corresponding to the paper's 1,…,n1,\ldots,n1,…,n. The domain XXX is an arbitrary type and may be infinite. Labels and predictions are Bool. ShatteredByDomain states that every Boolean pattern is realized by some domain point. The published UnderstandingML_Online definition gives OnlineAlg X Bool, finite trial histories, mistakes, and mistakeBound. The latter is valued in N∪{∞}\mathbb N\cup\{\infty\}N∪{∞} and ranges over all finite sequences labeled by the target. Each MiM_iMi​ is converted to a natural number only after assuming its bound is finite. The powers 2−Mi2^{-M_i}2−Mi​ and their finite sum are real numbers. The n=0n=0n=0 conclusion is the empty sum 0<20<20<2; the shattering predicate itself then requires an instance to realize the unique empty pattern.

The two milestones use real-valued weights. Lemma 7.1 assumes n≥1n\ge1n≥1 because the source refers to r1r_1r1​. Lemma 7.2 represents the source's integral base-two logarithms by equations ri=2kir_i=2^{k_i}ri​=2ki​ with integer kik_iki​, which also enforce positivity. Its maximum hypothesis is written pointwise, so an empty family is harmless: the other inequality 2ℓ≤02^\ell\le02ℓ≤0 cannot hold. A coordinate family on X={0,1}nX=\{0,1\}^nX={0,1}n is verified locally to satisfy the shattering predicate, ruling out a vacuous encoding of that central assumption. Contributions proving either arithmetic milestone or the main theorem within these exact definitions are in scope.

Selected references

  • Nick Littlestone and Manfred K. Warmuth, The Weighted Majority Algorithm, Information and Computation 108(2), 212–261, 1994. DOI: 10.1006/inco.1994.1009.
  • Shai Shalev-Shwartz and Shai Ben-David, Understanding Machine Learning: From Theory to Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2014, Chapter 21. DOI: 10.1017/CBO9781107298019.
5 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations ResearchReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Stable Function Approximation in Dynamic Programming I: In a Discounted Finite MDP, Value Iteration Through an Averager Converges to V₀ with ‖V₀ − V*‖ ≤ 2γε/(1 − γ)Research Paper

Motivation

Value iteration computes the optimal value function of a Markov decision process by applying the dynamic programming backup to every state until the values stop changing. When the state space is too large for a lookup table, practitioners replace the table by a function approximator: after each backup, the new values are computed only at a sample of states and an approximator (a neural net, a spline, a nearest-neighbour rule) is fitted to them. This approximate value iteration is the basis of much of reinforcement learning, and in the early 1990s it was known to work well in some experiments and to diverge in others, with no theory separating the two. Boyan and Moore (NIPS 7, 1995) exhibited divergence with linear regression and neural nets, and Tsitsiklis and Van Roy (1996) later studied the same question for feature-based architectures.

Gordon's technical report (CMU-CS-95-103, 1995; a shorter, differently numbered version appeared at ICML 1995) isolated a property of the approximator that guarantees convergence: the approximator must not exaggerate differences between target value functions in max norm. It identified a broad class with this property, the averagers (k-nearest-neighbour, kernel averaging, linear and bilinear interpolation on a mesh), and proved that in a discounted problem approximate value iteration through an averager always converges, with an explicit error bound. This mission formalizes that discounted theory: the report's §2–§3 and its error bound of §6.1.

Setting

A finite Markov decision process MMM has states 1,…,n1,\dots,n1,…,n, a finite nonempty set U(i)U(i)U(i) of actions at each state iii, an expected one-step cost ciac_{ia}cia​ for action aaa at state iii, and transition probabilities paij≥0p_{aij}\ge0paij​≥0 with ∑jpaij=1\sum_j p_{aij}=1∑j​paij​=1. It is discounted with factor 0≤γ<10\le\gamma<10≤γ<1. A value function is a vector V∈RnV\in\mathbb R^nV∈Rn, measured in the max norm ∥V∥=max⁡i∣V(i)∣\|V\|=\max_i|V(i)|∥V∥=maxi​∣V(i)∣.

The parallel value backup operator TMT_MTM​ updates every state at once:

(TMV)(i)=min⁡a∈U(i)(cia+γ∑j=1npaijV(j)).(T_MV)(i)=\min_{a\in U(i)}\Big(c_{ia}+\gamma\sum_{j=1}^n p_{aij}V(j)\Big).(TM​V)(i)=a∈U(i)min​(cia​+γj=1∑n​paij​V(j)).

Its fixed point V∗V^*V∗ is the optimal value function, the minimal expected discounted cost from each state.

A function approximator is studied through its mapping MFM_FMF​: the function sending a vector of target values to the vector of fitted values. Two operators MFM_FMF​ and TTT are compatible if the iterates (MF∘T)k(x0)(M_F\circ T)^k(x_0)(MF​∘T)k(x0​) converge from every initial guess x0x_0x0​.

An averager AAA is given by constants kik_iki​ and nonnegative weights βi,βij\beta_i,\beta_{ij}βi​,βij​ with βi+∑jβij=1\beta_i+\sum_j\beta_{ij}=1βi​+∑j​βij​=1 for every iii; its mapping is

MA(Y)i=βiki+∑j=1nβijYj.M_A(Y)_i=\beta_ik_i+\sum_{j=1}^n\beta_{ij}Y_j .MA​(Y)i​=βi​ki​+j=1∑n​βij​Yj​.

The weights are fixed in advance and do not depend on the targets YYY.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6.2 (p. 12)

Let VAV^AVA be any fixed point of MAM_AMA​ and ε=∥VA−V∗∥\varepsilon=\|V^A-V^*\|ε=∥VA−V∗∥. Then there is V0V_0V0​ such that (TM∘MA)k(V)→V0(T_M\circ M_A)^k(V)\to V_0(TM​∘MA​)k(V)→V0​ from every initial guess VVV, and

∥V0−V∗∥≤2γε1−γ.\|V_0-V^*\|\le\frac{2\gamma\varepsilon}{1-\gamma}.∥V0​−V∗∥≤1−γ2γε​.

The goal has two parts: convergence from every start to a common limit V0V_0V0​, and the error bound on that limit.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 2.2, first clause (p. 4). ∥TMV−TMW∥≤γ∥V−W∥\|T_MV-T_MW\|\le\gamma\|V-W\|∥TM​V−TM​W∥≤γ∥V−W∥.
  2. Theorem 3.2 (p. 7). MAM_AMA​ is a max-norm nonexpansion, ∥MA(Y)−MA(Z)∥≤∥Y−Z∥\|M_A(Y)-M_A(Z)\|\le\|Y-Z\|∥MA​(Y)−MA​(Z)∥≤∥Y−Z∥, and is compatible with TMT_MTM​ for every discounted MDP.
  3. Theorem 3.1 (p. 5). If MFM_FMF​ is any max-norm nonexpansion, then MFM_FMF​ is compatible with TMT_MTM​ and ∥MF(TMV)−MF(TMW)∥≤γ∥V−W∥\|M_F(T_MV)-M_F(T_MW)\|\le\gamma\|V-W\|∥MF​(TM​V)−MF​(TM​W)∥≤γ∥V−W∥.
  4. Corollary 3.1 (p. 6). There is V∞V_\inftyV∞​ with ∥(MF∘TM)k(V)−V∞∥≤γk∥V−V∞∥\|(M_F\circ T_M)^k(V)-V_\infty\|\le\gamma^k\|V-V_\infty\|∥(MF​∘TM​)k(V)−V∞​∥≤γk∥V−V∞​∥ for all VVV and kkk.

A further item, not a milestone, is the display after the proof of Theorem 6.2 (p. 13), the bound on the fitted output: ∥V∗−MA(V0)∥≤2ε+2γε/(1−γ)\|V^*-M_A(V_0)\|\le2\varepsilon+2\gamma\varepsilon/(1-\gamma)∥V∗−MA​(V0​)∥≤2ε+2γε/(1−γ).

Significance

Theorem 6.2 gives a guarantee that depends only on how well the approximator can represent V∗V^*V∗, not on how the iteration is started: if some fixed point of the averager lies within ε\varepsilonε of V∗V^*V∗, approximate value iteration finds a function within 2γε/(1−γ)2\gamma\varepsilon/(1-\gamma)2γε/(1−γ) of V∗V^*V∗. Theorems 3.1 and 3.2 explain why: an averager is a max-norm nonexpansion, and composing a nonexpansion with a γ\gammaγ-contraction leaves a γ\gammaγ-contraction. Together they separate the approximators that are safe to use with value iteration from those that are not (linear regression is not a nonexpansion: the report's Figure 2 shows it can expand max-norm distances).

All results of this mission are proved in the report; none is open. The contraction of the discounted Bellman operator and the identification of its fixed point with the optimal value function are proved on Prove2Me (BertsekasDP.discounted_main_theorem, used here as a reference item). No machine-checked proof of Gordon's averager results or of the 2γε/(1−γ)2\gamma\varepsilon/(1-\gamma)2γε/(1−γ) bound is known to exist; this mission produces one, on top of the published finite MDP model.

Difficulty

Each step is short on paper; the difficulty is in the bookkeeping that a formal proof cannot skip. The nonexpansion of an averager rests on nonnegative weights summing to at most one, which must be extracted from the row constraint βi+∑jβij=1\beta_i+\sum_j\beta_{ij}=1βi​+∑j​βij​=1 in the max norm on Rn\mathbb R^nRn. The goal's convergence clause asks for one limit V0V_0V0​ shared by all initial guesses, which needs completeness of Rn\mathbb R^nRn and the contraction-mapping theorem applied to TM∘MAT_M\circ M_ATM​∘MA​, not to TMT_MTM​. The error bound compares three different fixed points (V∗V^*V∗ of TMT_MTM​, VAV^AVA of MAM_AMA​, V0V_0V0​ of TM∘MAT_M\circ M_ATM​∘MA​) in a chain of triangle inequalities. The order of composition matters throughout: the compatibility results iterate MF∘TMM_F\circ T_MMF​∘TM​ (fit after the backup), while the goal iterates TM∘MAT_M\circ M_ATM​∘MA​ (back up after the fit), and the two may not be interchanged.

Formalization scope

  • The MDP is the published BertsekasSSPModel (Fin n states, a finite action type, nonempty admissible action sets U(i)U(i)U(i), costs g, transition probabilities p), and TMT_MTM​ is its BertsekasDiscountedBellmanOp M γ. That model allows substochastic rows; every statement adds the hypothesis ∑jpaij=1\sum_j p_{aij}=1∑j​paij​=1 for admissible aaa, which makes it the report's MDP. Action sets may depend on the state, a harmless generalization of the report's single action set. The initial-state distribution S0S_0S0​ never enters a statement and is omitted.
  • The discount satisfies 0≤γ<10\le\gamma<10≤γ<1 in every item. Theorem 6.2's page says only "with discount factor γ\gammaγ"; it belongs to the report's discounted discussion and its proof uses that TMT_MTM​ is a γ\gammaγ-contraction.
  • ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ on Fin n → ℝ is Mathlib's sup norm, i.e. the max norm.
  • V∗V^*V∗ is a hypothesis: a fixed point of TMT_MTM​. Theorem 2.2's last clause, proved on the platform as BertsekasDP.discounted_main_theorem, identifies it with the optimal value function.
  • The averager acts on whole value functions Rn→Rn\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^nRn→Rn, indexed by the states. The report's approximator fits a sample X0X_0X0​ of states; ignoring the value at a state jjj outside the sample is the special case βij=0\beta_{ij}=0βij​=0.
  • Theorem 3.1 is printed with "X=S×AX=S\times AX=S×A" and MF∈R∣X∣↦R∣X∣M_F\in\mathbb R^{|X|}\mapsto\mathbb R^{|X|}MF​∈R∣X∣↦R∣X∣; since TMT_MTM​ acts on value functions of the state, MFM_FMF​ is stated on Rn\mathbb R^nRn.
  • "Converges at the rate γ\gammaγ" (Corollary 3.1) is the geometric rate of the contraction-mapping theorem, γk\gamma^kγk times the initial distance to the limit.
  • Theorem 6.2 keeps ε=∥VA−V∗∥\varepsilon=\|V^A-V^*\|ε=∥VA−V∗∥ as an equality, as printed, and its conclusion keeps the convergence clause. A statement asserting only the existence of some V0V_0V0​ with ∥V0−V∗∥≤2γε/(1−γ)\|V_0-V^*\|\le2\gamma\varepsilon/(1-\gamma)∥V0​−V∗∥≤2γε/(1−γ) would be trivial (V0=V∗V_0=V^*V0​=V∗) and is not the theorem.
  • Lemma 2.1 and the Contraction Mapping theorem (Theorem 2.1) are in Mathlib (LipschitzWith.comp, ContractingWith) and are not posed.

Proofs of any item are welcome, as are reusable lemmas on max-norm nonexpansions of row-stochastic linear maps, which also serve the nondiscounted companion mission (Stable Function Approximation in Dynamic Programming II).

Selected references

  • G. J. Gordon, Stable Function Approximation in Dynamic Programming, Technical Report CMU-CS-95-103, Carnegie Mellon University, 1995; shorter version in Machine Learning Proceedings 1995 (ICML), 1995. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-1-55860-377-6.50040-2
  • D. P. Bertsekas and J. N. Tsitsiklis, Parallel and Distributed Computation: Numerical Methods, Prentice Hall, 1989 (the report's [BT89]; no DOI).
  • J. A. Boyan and A. W. Moore, Generalization in Reinforcement Learning: Safely Approximating the Value Function, Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems 7, MIT Press, 1995 (the report's [BM95]).
  • J. N. Tsitsiklis and B. Van Roy, Feature-Based Methods for Large Scale Dynamic Programming, Machine Learning 22, 1996, pp. 59–94. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00114724
8 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationLinear algebraOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Adaptive Subgradient Methods for Online Learning and Stochastic Optimization 2: Full-Matrix AdaGrad's Regret Is Bounded by tr(G_T^{1/2})Research Paper

Motivation

Online convex optimization is the standard model for learning from a stream of data: in round ttt a learner commits to a point xtx_txt​ in a convex set X⊆Rd\mathcal X\subseteq\mathbb R^dX⊆Rd, a convex loss ftf_tft​ is revealed, and the learner pays ft(xt)+φ(xt)f_t(x_t)+\varphi(x_t)ft​(xt​)+φ(xt​), where φ\varphiφ is a fixed regularizer. Subgradient methods for this model use one fixed geometry (usually the Euclidean one) for every coordinate and every direction, regardless of the data. Duchi, Hazan and Singer (JMLR 12 (2011) 2121–2159) introduced ADAGRAD, which adapts the geometry to the observed subgradients. The diagonal version is one of the most widely used optimizers in machine learning and the ancestor of RMSProp and Adam. This mission formalizes the paper's full-matrix version: the proximal term is built from the matrix square root of the accumulated outer products of the subgradients, so the method adapts to correlated directions, not only to individual coordinates.

The analysis extends the regret bounds of primal-dual subgradient methods and regularized dual averaging (Nesterov 2009; Xiao 2010) and of composite mirror descent to proximal functions that change over time, and combines them with trace inequalities for the matrix square root. Concurrent work by McMahan and Streeter (COLT 2010) studied closely related adaptive proximal methods.

Setting

Vectors live in Rd\mathbb R^dRd with the Euclidean inner product ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩ and norm ∥⋅∥2\|\cdot\|_2∥⋅∥2​. In round t=1,2,…t=1,2,\dotst=1,2,… the learner plays xt∈Xx_t\in\mathcal Xxt​∈X and observes a subgradient gt∈∂ft(xt)g_t\in\partial f_t(x_t)gt​∈∂ft​(xt​), that is, ft(y)≥ft(xt)+⟨gt,y−xt⟩f_t(y)\ge f_t(x_t)+\langle g_t,y-x_t\rangleft​(y)≥ft​(xt​)+⟨gt​,y−xt​⟩ for all yyy. The regret against a comparator x∗∈Xx^*\in\mathcal Xx∗∈X is

Rϕ(T)=∑t=1T[ft(xt)+φ(xt)−ft(x∗)−φ(x∗)].R_\phi(T)=\sum_{t=1}^T\big[f_t(x_t)+\varphi(x_t)-f_t(x^*)-\varphi(x^*)\big].Rϕ​(T)=t=1∑T​[ft​(xt​)+φ(xt​)−ft​(x∗)−φ(x∗)].

The outer product matrix is Gt=∑τ=1tgτgτ⊤G_t=\sum_{\tau=1}^t g_\tau g_\tau^\topGt​=∑τ=1t​gτ​gτ⊤​, a symmetric positive semidefinite d×dd\times dd×d matrix, and St=Gt1/2S_t=G_t^{1/2}St​=Gt1/2​ is its positive semidefinite square root. With parameters η>0\eta>0η>0 and δ≥0\delta\ge0δ≥0, ADAGRAD with full matrices (Figure 2 of the paper) sets

Ht=δI+St,ψt(x)=12⟨x,Htx⟩,Bψt(x,y)=12⟨x−y,Ht(x−y)⟩,H_t=\delta I+S_t,\qquad \psi_t(x)=\tfrac12\langle x,H_tx\rangle,\qquad B_{\psi_t}(x,y)=\tfrac12\langle x-y,H_t(x-y)\rangle,Ht​=δI+St​,ψt​(x)=21​⟨x,Ht​x⟩,Bψt​​(x,y)=21​⟨x−y,Ht​(x−y)⟩,

starts at x1=0x_1=0x1​=0, and computes xt+1x_{t+1}xt+1​ by one of two updates:

  • the primal-dual subgradient update (3): xt+1∈argmin⁡x∈X{η⟨1t∑τ≤tgτ,x⟩+ηφ(x)+1tψt(x)}x_{t+1}\in\operatorname{argmin}_{x\in\mathcal X}\{\eta\langle\tfrac1t\sum_{\tau\le t}g_\tau,x\rangle+\eta\varphi(x)+\tfrac1t\psi_t(x)\}xt+1​∈argminx∈X​{η⟨t1​∑τ≤t​gτ​,x⟩+ηφ(x)+t1​ψt​(x)};
  • the composite mirror descent update (4): xt+1∈argmin⁡x∈X{η⟨gt,x⟩+ηφ(x)+Bψt(x,xt)}x_{t+1}\in\operatorname{argmin}_{x\in\mathcal X}\{\eta\langle g_t,x\rangle+\eta\varphi(x)+B_{\psi_t}(x,x_t)\}xt+1​∈argminx∈X​{η⟨gt​,x⟩+ηφ(x)+Bψt​​(x,xt​)}.

The dual (semi)norm of ψt\psi_tψt​ is ∥v∥ψt∗2=⟨v,Ht†v⟩\|v\|_{\psi_t^*}^2=\langle v,H_t^\dagger v\rangle∥v∥ψt∗​2​=⟨v,Ht†​v⟩, where A†A^\daggerA† is the pseudo-inverse.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7

Assume X\mathcal XX closed and convex, ftf_tft​ and φ\varphiφ convex, and φ\varphiφ minimized over X\mathcal XX at x1=0x_1=0x1​=0. For the primal-dual update with δ≥max⁡t≤T∥gt∥2\delta\ge\max_{t\le T}\|g_t\|_2δ≥maxt≤T​∥gt​∥2​, every x∗∈Xx^*\in\mathcal Xx∗∈X satisfies

Rϕ(T)≤δη∥x∗∥22+1η∥x∗∥22tr⁡(GT1/2)+ηtr⁡(GT1/2),R_\phi(T)\le\frac\delta\eta\|x^*\|_2^2+\frac1\eta\|x^*\|_2^2\operatorname{tr}(G_T^{1/2})+\eta\operatorname{tr}(G_T^{1/2}),Rϕ​(T)≤ηδ​∥x∗∥22​+η1​∥x∗∥22​tr(GT1/2​)+ηtr(GT1/2​),

and for the composite mirror descent update with any δ≥0\delta\ge0δ≥0,

Rϕ(T)≤δη∥x∗∥22+12ηmax⁡t≤T∥x∗−xt∥22tr⁡(GT1/2)+ηtr⁡(GT1/2).R_\phi(T)\le\frac\delta\eta\|x^*\|_2^2+\frac1{2\eta}\max_{t\le T}\|x^*-x_t\|_2^2\operatorname{tr}(G_T^{1/2})+\eta\operatorname{tr}(G_T^{1/2}).Rϕ​(T)≤ηδ​∥x∗∥22​+2η1​t≤Tmax​∥x∗−xt​∥22​tr(GT1/2​)+ηtr(GT1/2​).

Milestones

In the order the proof uses them:

  1. Lemma 16 and Propositions 3 and 2: regret bounds for mirror descent and dual averaging with time-varying quadratic proximal functions ψt(x)=12⟨x,Htx⟩\psi_t(x)=\tfrac12\langle x,H_tx\rangleψt​(x)=21​⟨x,Ht​x⟩ ((11) and (10)).
  2. Lemma 13: A⪰B⪰0A\succeq B\succeq0A⪰B⪰0 implies A1/2⪰B1/2A^{1/2}\succeq B^{1/2}A1/2⪰B1/2.
  3. The first display of the proof of Theorem 7 and inequality (16): the growth of the Bregman terms is controlled by tr⁡(Gt1/2)\operatorname{tr}(G_t^{1/2})tr(Gt1/2​).
  4. Lemma 14 (∇Xtr⁡(Xp)=pXp−1\nabla_X\operatorname{tr}(X^p)=pX^{p-1}∇X​tr(Xp)=pXp−1), Lemma 8 (a first-order concavity inequality for tr⁡(B1/2)\operatorname{tr}(B^{1/2})tr(B1/2) at singular BBB), Lemma 9, and Lemma 10, the doubling lemma
∑t=1T⟨gt,St†gt⟩≤2∑t=1T⟨gt,ST†gt⟩=2tr⁡(GT1/2).\sum_{t=1}^T\langle g_t,S_t^\dagger g_t\rangle\le2\sum_{t=1}^T\langle g_t,S_T^\dagger g_t\rangle=2\operatorname{tr}(G_T^{1/2}).t=1∑T​⟨gt​,St†​gt​⟩≤2t=1∑T​⟨gt​,ST†​gt​⟩=2tr(GT1/2​).
  1. (17): the dual-norm sums of both updates are at most 2tr⁡(GT1/2)2\operatorname{tr}(G_T^{1/2})2tr(GT1/2​).

Significance

The quantity tr⁡(GT1/2)\operatorname{tr}(G_T^{1/2})tr(GT1/2​) can be much smaller than the Tmax⁡t∥gt∥2\sqrt{T}\max_t\|g_t\|_2T​maxt​∥gt​∥2​ factor in the regret of non-adaptive online gradient descent with a tuned step size: it is small when the subgradients concentrate in a few directions, possibly not aligned with the coordinate axes. The paper's Corollary 11 rewrites it as d\sqrt dd​ times the square root of inf⁡{∑tgt⊤S−1gt:S⪰0,tr⁡(S)≤d}\inf\{\sum_t g_t^\top S^{-1}g_t: S\succeq0,\operatorname{tr}(S)\le d\}inf{∑t​gt⊤​S−1gt​:S⪰0,tr(S)≤d}, the gradient term of the best fixed full-matrix proximal function chosen in hindsight. The supporting results have their own uses. Propositions 2 and 3 are the generic regret bounds for adaptive proximal methods. Lemmas 8–10 are trace inequalities for the matrix square root that appear throughout the analysis of second-order online methods.

The results are proved in the paper. To our knowledge none of them has a machine-checked proof. Formalizing them requires the matrix functional calculus (square roots, pseudo-inverses, real powers) in a form usable for inequalities, which Mathlib has only partly: for instance, monotonicity of the square root is in Mathlib for C*-algebras, which covers complex but not real matrices. A complete development gives a verified regret bound for an adaptive full-matrix method together with these matrix inequalities.

Difficulty

The online-learning half (Lemma 16, Propositions 2 and 3) is a convex-analysis argument once the proximal functions are quadratic. The obstacle is the matrix half. The natural approach to Lemma 10 is induction with a scalar inequality b−a≤b−a/(2b)\sqrt{b-a}\le\sqrt b-a/(2\sqrt b)b−a​≤b​−a/(2b​) applied eigenvalue by eigenvalue. This fails because GT−1G_{T-1}GT−1​ and GTG_TGT​ do not commute, so their eigenvectors differ. One needs the concavity of A↦tr⁡(A1/2)A\mapsto\operatorname{tr}(A^{1/2})A↦tr(A1/2) on positive semidefinite matrices and its gradient, at points where AAA may be singular. That is where Lemma 8 and the pseudo-inverse enter: the inverse root does not exist, and a limit δ↓0\delta\downarrow0δ↓0 is needed. The same issue arises in Lemma 9 and in the dual norm when δ=0\delta=0δ=0.

Formalization scope

Vectors are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), so ‖·‖ is the Euclidean norm. Matrices are Matrix (Fin d) (Fin d) ℝ, acting on vectors through Matrix.toEuclideanLin. The square root is Mathlib's CFC.sqrt under the Loewner order (MatrixOrder). The pseudo-inverse is the functional calculus of λ↦λ−1\lambda\mapsto\lambda^{-1}λ↦λ−1 with 0−1=00^{-1}=00−1=0, and B−1/2B^{-1/2}B−1/2 is written as (B†)1/2(B^\dagger)^{1/2}(B†)1/2. Mathlib's matrix inverse is used only where the matrix is invertible or the vector is zero. Rounds are 1-based and G0=0G_0=0G0​=0. The losses and φ\varphiφ are real-valued convex functions, and the constraint is carried by X\mathcal XX. Each update's argmin is a predicate (the next iterate lies in X\mathcal XX and minimizes the objective there), which does not assert existence or uniqueness. A run consists of the TTT rounds of Figure 2, with the subgradient relation imposed in every round. The subgradient relation is the platform's published ShorNonsmooth.AlmostDiff.IsSubgradient.

Restrictions and conventions, each stated in the item that needs it:

  • φ\varphiφ is minimized over X\mathcal XX at x1=0x_1=0x1​=0. This is the paper's x1=arg⁡min⁡Xφx_1=\arg\min_{\mathcal X}\varphix1​=argminX​φ. Without it both parts of Theorem 7 are false.
  • Lemma 8 assumes ν≥0\nu\ge0ν≥0. The page says "for any ν\nuν", but the inequality fails for ν<0\nu<0ν<0 (for B=0B=0B=0, ν=−1\nu=-1ν=−1 it reads 2∥g∥2≤02\|g\|_2\le02∥g∥2​≤0). The paper only applies the lemma with ν=1\nu=1ν=1.
  • Lemma 16 and Propositions 2, 3 are specialised to quadratic proximal functions. In Lemma 16 and Proposition 3, HtH_tHt​ is positive semidefinite and gtg_tgt​ lies in its range, so the dual norm is finite. In Proposition 2, HtH_tHt​ is positive definite, the HtH_tHt​ increase, and x1=0x_1=0x1​=0. Lemma 16 asks for x∗∈Xx^*\in\mathcal Xx∗∈X. Proposition 3 is stated for T≥1T\ge1T≥1 rounds.
  • H0=δIH_0=\delta IH0​=δI in the dual norm ∥⋅∥ψ0∗\|\cdot\|_{\psi_0^*}∥⋅∥ψ0∗​​ of (17) and Theorem 7. Figure 2's H0=0H_0=0H0​=0 is never used by the updates.
  • Lemma 14's gradient is stated as a directional derivative along every symmetric direction.

A formalization in which the next iterate need not lie in X\mathcal XX, the comparator ranges outside X\mathcal XX, StS_tSt​ is GtG_tGt​ itself or its entrywise square root, or St†S_t^\daggerSt†​ is Mathlib's matrix inverse (which vanishes on singular matrices), states a different theorem and is excluded.

Proofs need the convex-analysis optimality conditions for the two updates, the Loewner-order calculus of CFC.sqrt on real matrices (Lemma 13), concavity and differentiability of tr⁡(A1/2)\operatorname{tr}(A^{1/2})tr(A1/2), and limits δ↓0\delta\downarrow0δ↓0 in the functional calculus. The matrix lemmas (13, 14, 8, 9, 10) are reusable outside this paper. Alternative proofs, for instance of Lemma 10 through operator concavity, are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Duchi, E. Hazan, Y. Singer, Adaptive Subgradient Methods for Online Learning and Stochastic Optimization, Journal of Machine Learning Research 12 (2011) 2121–2159. https://jmlr.org/papers/v12/duchi11a.html
  • H. B. McMahan, M. Streeter, Adaptive Bound Optimization for Online Convex Optimization, COLT 2010. https://arxiv.org/abs/1002.4908
  • L. Xiao, Dual Averaging Methods for Regularized Stochastic Learning and Online Optimization, Journal of Machine Learning Research 11 (2010) 2543–2596. https://jmlr.org/papers/v11/xiao10a.html
  • Y. Nesterov, Primal-dual subgradient methods for convex problems, Mathematical Programming 120 (2009) 221–259. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-007-0149-x
  • T. Ando, Concavity of certain maps on positive definite matrices and applications to Hadamard products, Linear Algebra and its Applications 26 (1979) 203–241. https://doi.org/10.1016/0024-3795(79)90179-4
16 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
OptimizationReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Theory of Policy Gradient Methods: Optimality, Approximation, and Distribution Shift 5: Natural Policy Gradient with Softmax Policies Is Within log|A|/(ηT) + 1/((1−γ)²T) of OptimalResearch Paper

Why natural policy gradient

Policy gradient methods optimize a parameterized policy directly by gradient ascent on its expected discounted return. They underlie most practical reinforcement-learning systems, yet for a long time their convergence was understood only locally: the objective θ↦Vπθ(ρ)\theta\mapsto V^{\pi_\theta}(\rho)θ↦Vπθ​(ρ) is not concave, and plain gradient ascent can stall on plateaus. The natural policy gradient (NPG) of Kakade (2001) preconditions the gradient by the pseudoinverse of the Fisher information matrix of the policy, so that steps are measured in the geometry of the induced action distributions rather than in parameter space. NPG is the conceptual ancestor of trust-region methods such as TRPO and PPO.

Agarwal, Kakade, Lee and Mahajan (arXiv:1908.00261v5, JMLR 2021) prove that exact NPG with softmax policies converges to the optimal value at rate O(1/T)O(1/T)O(1/T), with constants that depend on neither the number of states, nor the number of actions beyond log⁡∣A∣\log|\mathcal A|log∣A∣, nor any distribution mismatch coefficient. This mission formalizes that result, Theorem 5.3 of the paper, and the lemmas its proof rests on.

Timeline. Kakade (2001) introduced NPG and observed that, for softmax policies, it moves toward the greedy policy. Kakade and Langford (2002) proved the performance difference lemma. Even-Dar, Kakade and Mansour (2009) analyzed experts algorithms in changing MDPs, whose regret argument this proof adapts; Geist, Scherrer and Pietquin (2019) studied regularized policy iteration with related rates. Agarwal et al. (preprint 2019, journal 2021) gave the dimension-free log⁡∣A∣/(ηT)+1/((1−γ)2T)\log|\mathcal A|/(\eta T)+1/((1-\gamma)^2T)log∣A∣/(ηT)+1/((1−γ)2T) bound formalized here.

Setting

A finite discounted MDP consists of finite sets S\mathcal SS (states) and A\mathcal AA (actions, nonempty), a transition kernel P(s′∣s,a)P(s'\mid s,a)P(s′∣s,a), rewards r(s,a)∈[0,1]r(s,a)\in[0,1]r(s,a)∈[0,1] and a discount factor γ∈[0,1)\gamma\in[0,1)γ∈[0,1). A policy π\piπ assigns to each state a distribution π(⋅∣s)\pi(\cdot\mid s)π(⋅∣s) over actions. Its value Vπ(s)V^\pi(s)Vπ(s) is the expected discounted sum of rewards started from sss; for a start distribution ρ\rhoρ, Vπ(ρ)=∑sρ(s)Vπ(s)V^\pi(\rho)=\sum_s\rho(s)V^\pi(s)Vπ(ρ)=∑s​ρ(s)Vπ(s). The state–action value is Qπ(s,a)=r(s,a)+γ∑s′P(s′∣s,a)Vπ(s′)Q^\pi(s,a)=r(s,a)+\gamma\sum_{s'}P(s'\mid s,a)V^\pi(s')Qπ(s,a)=r(s,a)+γ∑s′​P(s′∣s,a)Vπ(s′) and the advantage is Aπ(s,a)=Qπ(s,a)−Vπ(s)A^\pi(s,a)=Q^\pi(s,a)-V^\pi(s)Aπ(s,a)=Qπ(s,a)−Vπ(s). The discounted state visitation distribution is

dρπ(s)=(1−γ)∑t≥0γt Pr⁡π(st=s∣s0∼ρ).d^\pi_\rho(s)=(1-\gamma)\sum_{t\ge0}\gamma^t\,\Pr{}^\pi(s_t=s\mid s_0\sim\rho).dρπ​(s)=(1−γ)t≥0∑​γtPrπ(st​=s∣s0​∼ρ).

An optimal policy π⋆\pi^\starπ⋆ has Vπ⋆(s)≥Vπ(s)V^{\pi^\star}(s)\ge V^\pi(s)Vπ⋆(s)≥Vπ(s) for every policy π\piπ and every state sss; write V⋆=Vπ⋆V^\star=V^{\pi^\star}V⋆=Vπ⋆.

The softmax policy with parameter θ∈R∣S∣∣A∣\theta\in\mathbb R^{|\mathcal S||\mathcal A|}θ∈R∣S∣∣A∣ is πθ(a∣s)=exp⁡(θs,a)/∑a′exp⁡(θs,a′)\pi_\theta(a\mid s)=\exp(\theta_{s,a})/\sum_{a'}\exp(\theta_{s,a'})πθ​(a∣s)=exp(θs,a​)/∑a′​exp(θs,a′​). The Fisher information matrix with respect to ρ\rhoρ is

Fρ(θ)=Es∼dρπθEa∼πθ(⋅∣s)[∇θlog⁡πθ(a∣s) ∇θlog⁡πθ(a∣s)⊤],F_\rho(\theta)=\mathbb E_{s\sim d^{\pi_\theta}_\rho}\mathbb E_{a\sim\pi_\theta(\cdot\mid s)}\big[\nabla_\theta\log\pi_\theta(a\mid s)\,\nabla_\theta\log\pi_\theta(a\mid s)^\top\big],Fρ​(θ)=Es∼dρπθ​​​Ea∼πθ​(⋅∣s)​[∇θ​logπθ​(a∣s)∇θ​logπθ​(a∣s)⊤],

and the NPG update with step size η\etaη is

θ(t+1)=θ(t)+η Fρ(θ(t))† ∇θV(t)(ρ),(15)\theta^{(t+1)}=\theta^{(t)}+\eta\,F_\rho(\theta^{(t)})^\dagger\,\nabla_\theta V^{(t)}(\rho),\tag{15}θ(t+1)=θ(t)+ηFρ​(θ(t))†∇θ​V(t)(ρ),(15)

where M†M^\daggerM† is the Moore–Penrose pseudoinverse and π(t),V(t),A(t)\pi^{(t)},V^{(t)},A^{(t)}π(t),V(t),A(t) are the quantities of θ(t)\theta^{(t)}θ(t). Following §5.3, every state is assumed reachable from ρ\rhoρ: for each sss some policy π\piπ has dρπ(s)>0d^\pi_\rho(s)>0dρπ​(s)>0. The normalizer Zt(s)=∑aπ(t)(a∣s)exp⁡(ηA(t)(s,a)/(1−γ))Z_t(s)=\sum_a\pi^{(t)}(a\mid s)\exp(\eta A^{(t)}(s,a)/(1-\gamma))Zt​(s)=∑a​π(t)(a∣s)exp(ηA(t)(s,a)/(1−γ)) appears in the lemmas.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5.3

For NPG (15) from θ(0)=0\theta^{(0)}=0θ(0)=0 with any fixed η>0\eta>0η>0, for all T>0T>0T>0,

V(T)(ρ) ≥ V⋆(ρ)−log⁡∣A∣ηT−1(1−γ)2T.V^{(T)}(\rho)\ \ge\ V^\star(\rho)-\frac{\log|\mathcal A|}{\eta T}-\frac{1}{(1-\gamma)^2T}.V(T)(ρ) ≥ V⋆(ρ)−ηTlog∣A∣​−(1−γ)2T1​.

Companion: iteration complexity

If moreover η≥(1−γ)2log⁡∣A∣\eta\ge(1-\gamma)^2\log|\mathcal A|η≥(1−γ)2log∣A∣ and ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0, then V⋆(ρ)−V(T)(ρ)≤ϵV^\star(\rho)-V^{(T)}(\rho)\le\epsilonV⋆(ρ)−V(T)(ρ)≤ϵ for every T≥2/((1−γ)2ϵ)T\ge 2/((1-\gamma)^2\epsilon)T≥2/((1−γ)2ϵ).

Milestones

  1. Lemma 3.2 (performance difference): Vπ(s0)−Vπ′(s0)=11−γEs∼ds0πEa∼π(⋅∣s)[Aπ′(s,a)]V^\pi(s_0)-V^{\pi'}(s_0)=\frac{1}{1-\gamma}\mathbb E_{s\sim d^\pi_{s_0}}\mathbb E_{a\sim\pi(\cdot\mid s)}[A^{\pi'}(s,a)]Vπ(s0​)−Vπ′(s0​)=1−γ1​Es∼ds0​π​​Ea∼π(⋅∣s)​[Aπ′(s,a)].
  2. Lemma 5.1 (soft policy iteration, policy form): π(t+1)(a∣s)=π(t)(a∣s)exp⁡(ηA(t)(s,a)/(1−γ))/Zt(s)\pi^{(t+1)}(a\mid s)=\pi^{(t)}(a\mid s)\exp(\eta A^{(t)}(s,a)/(1-\gamma))/Z_t(s)π(t+1)(a∣s)=π(t)(a∣s)exp(ηA(t)(s,a)/(1−γ))/Zt​(s).
  3. Lemma 5.2 (improvement): V(t+1)(μ)−V(t)(μ)≥1−γηEs∼μlog⁡Zt(s)≥0V^{(t+1)}(\mu)-V^{(t)}(\mu)\ge\frac{1-\gamma}{\eta}\mathbb E_{s\sim\mu}\log Z_t(s)\ge0V(t+1)(μ)−V(t)(μ)≥η1−γ​Es∼μ​logZt​(s)≥0 for every μ∈Δ(S)\mu\in\Delta(\mathcal S)μ∈Δ(S).
  4. Monotonicity (proof of Theorem 5.3): V(t+1)(s)≥V(t)(s)V^{(t+1)}(s)\ge V^{(t)}(s)V(t+1)(s)≥V(t)(s) for all sss.

Significance

The result. Theorem 5.3 is a global, non-asymptotic guarantee for a non-concave policy optimization problem, with no dependence on ∣S∣|\mathcal S|∣S∣ and no distribution mismatch coefficient: the same analysis does not go through for plain softmax policy gradient, whose rates in the same paper carry such coefficients or are only asymptotic. It explains why Fisher preconditioning helps, and it is the template for the paper's later analysis of NPG with function approximation (§6) and for subsequent work on linear convergence of NPG and on entropy-regularized variants.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved on paper; no machine-checked proof is known. A formal development needs: a policy-gradient identity for softmax policies, the computation of the Moore–Penrose pseudoinverse of a singular, block-structured Fisher matrix acting on the policy gradient, the performance difference lemma in the unnormalized convention, and a telescoping regret argument with Kullback–Leibler divergences between action distributions. Each of these is reusable: the performance difference lemma and the visitation-distribution calculus serve every result of the paper and much of the reinforcement-learning literature.

Difficulty

The obvious approach, treating NPG as gradient ascent on a smooth objective, fails: Vπθ(ρ)V^{\pi_\theta}(\rho)Vπθ​(ρ) is non-concave and its smoothness constant grows with 1/(1−γ)31/(1-\gamma)^31/(1−γ)3, which would give a rate depending on the state space and on distribution mismatch. The dimension-free rate comes only after the NPG step is rewritten exactly as a multiplicative-weights update on each state's action distribution, and this rewriting is itself delicate. The Fisher matrix is always singular (each state's block annihilates the all-ones vector), the pseudoinverse returns the minimum-norm solution, which is not A(t)/(1−γ)A^{(t)}/(1-\gamma)A(t)/(1−γ) but differs from it by a state-dependent offset; and the identity holds at a state only if that state carries positive visitation weight, which is why reachability from ρ\rhoρ is assumed. A newcomer's first idea, replacing F†F^\daggerF† by "any solution of Fu=∇VFu=\nabla VFu=∇V" or by an ordinary inverse, does not define the algorithm.

Formalization scope

Lean conventions (Mathlib, namespace PolicyGradTheory.NPG):

  • Policies are functions S → A → ℝ (π s a =π(a∣s)=\pi(a\mid s)=π(a∣s)) satisfying the published IsPolicy; transitions P s a s' =P(s′∣s,a)=P(s'\mid s,a)=P(s′∣s,a); values, QQQ-functions and state occupation probabilities are the published FoundationsML definitions PolicyValue, QFunction, OccupationDist, and optimality is IsOptimalPolicy. V⋆(ρ)V^\star(\rho)V⋆(ρ) is the value of a policy assumed optimal, never a supremum over arbitrary functions.
  • Parameters live in EuclideanSpace ℝ (S × A), so norms are Euclidean and gradient is ∇θ\nabla_\theta∇θ​.
  • The pseudoinverse is the published predicate VectorSpaceOpt.IsPseudoinverse (minimum-norm least-squares inverse, which on Euclidean space is the Moore–Penrose pseudoinverse); Mathlib has none.
  • Standing assumptions carried by every statement: rewards in [0,1][0,1][0,1], γ∈[0,1)\gamma\in[0,1)γ∈[0,1), A\mathcal AA nonempty, ρ∈Δ(S)\rho\in\Delta(\mathcal S)ρ∈Δ(S), every state reachable from ρ\rhoρ (§5.3, footnote 6). The goal also assumes θ(0)=0\theta^{(0)}=0θ(0)=0 and η>0\eta>0η>0, as the page does. Lemmas 5.1 and 5.2 hold from any start.
  • log⁡\loglog is the natural logarithm; TTT counts updates and T>0T>0T>0 is a natural number.

The goal does not assume the soft-policy-iteration form, the improvement bound or monotonicity; those are milestones to be proved, and a statement taking any of them as a hypothesis would not be Theorem 5.3. The parameter form "θ(t+1)=θ(t)+η1−γA(t)\theta^{(t+1)}=\theta^{(t)}+\frac{\eta}{1-\gamma}A^{(t)}θ(t+1)=θ(t)+1−γη​A(t)" of Lemma 5.1 is not stated, since the pseudoinverse step differs from it by a state-dependent offset (as the lemma's own proof on p. 70 shows); only the policy form, which is invariant to that offset, is a target.

Contributions welcome: the softmax policy-gradient identity and score-function formula, existence and uniqueness of the minimum-norm least-squares inverse on Euclidean space, Kullback–Leibler identities for finite distributions, and the summability facts behind the visitation distribution.

Selected references

  • A. Agarwal, S. M. Kakade, J. D. Lee, G. Mahajan, On the Theory of Policy Gradient Methods: Optimality, Approximation, and Distribution Shift, JMLR 22(98), 2021; preprint arXiv:1908.00261v5, 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/1908.00261v5
  • S. M. Kakade, A Natural Policy Gradient, NeurIPS 2001. https://proceedings.neurips.cc/paper/2001/hash/4b86abe48d358ecf194c56c69108433e-Abstract.html
  • S. Kakade, J. Langford, Approximately Optimal Approximate Reinforcement Learning, ICML 2002. https://dl.acm.org/doi/10.5555/645531.656005
  • E. Even-Dar, S. M. Kakade, Y. Mansour, Online Markov Decision Processes, Mathematics of Operations Research 34(3), 2009. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1090.0396
  • M. Geist, B. Scherrer, O. Pietquin, A Theory of Regularized Markov Decision Processes, ICML 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1901.11275
16 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Adaptive Subgradient Methods for Online Learning and Stochastic Optimization 1: Diagonal AdaGrad's Regret Is Bounded by the Per-Coordinate Gradient Norms Σᵢ‖g_{1:T,i}‖₂Research Paper

Motivation

Stochastic and online subgradient methods are the workhorse of large-scale learning: each step touches one example, costs time linear in the dimension, and needs no line search. Their weak point is the step size. A single global step size treats every coordinate alike, while in high-dimensional, sparse problems (text, click-through data, bag-of-words features) most coordinates are zero in most examples, and the few informative rare features receive vanishingly small updates.

AdaGrad (Duchi, Hazan and Singer, JMLR 2011; McMahan and Streeter, COLT 2010, independently) chooses a separate step size per coordinate from the gradients observed so far. Its diagonal version is the ancestor of RMSProp and Adam and is one of the most widely used optimizers in machine learning. This mission targets the paper's regret guarantee for diagonal AdaGrad, which explains when per-coordinate adaptation pays off.

Timeline. Zinkevich (2003) proved O(T)O(\sqrt T)O(T​) regret for online projected gradient descent. Nesterov (2009) and Xiao (2010) analysed dual averaging with a regularizer; Duchi, Shalev-Shwartz, Singer and Tewari (2010) analysed composite mirror descent. Auer and Gentile (2000) proved the scalar inequality that makes adaptive step sizes work. Duchi, Hazan and Singer (2011) combined these into adaptive proximal functions with data-dependent regret bounds.

Setting

Work in Rd\mathbb R^dRd with the Euclidean inner product and ∥x∥∞=max⁡i∣xi∣\|x\|_\infty=\max_i|x_i|∥x∥∞​=maxi​∣xi​∣. A closed convex set X⊆Rd\mathcal X\subseteq\mathbb R^dX⊆Rd with 0∈X0\in\mathcal X0∈X is fixed, together with a convex regularizer φ:Rd→R\varphi:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb Rφ:Rd→R (for example λ∥x∥1\lambda\|x\|_1λ∥x∥1​). In rounds t=1,2,…t=1,2,\dotst=1,2,… a learner plays xt∈Xx_t\in\mathcal Xxt​∈X, a convex loss ftf_tft​ is revealed, and the learner observes a subgradient gtg_tgt​ of ftf_tft​ at xtx_txt​: ft(y)≥ft(xt)+⟨gt,y−xt⟩f_t(y)\ge f_t(x_t)+\langle g_t,y-x_t\rangleft​(y)≥ft​(xt​)+⟨gt​,y−xt​⟩ for all yyy. The regret against a comparator x∗∈Xx^*\in\mathcal Xx∗∈X is

Rφ(T)=∑t=1T[ft(xt)+φ(xt)−ft(x∗)−φ(x∗)].R_\varphi(T)=\sum_{t=1}^T\big[f_t(x_t)+\varphi(x_t)-f_t(x^*)-\varphi(x^*)\big].Rφ​(T)=t=1∑T​[ft​(xt​)+φ(xt​)−ft​(x∗)−φ(x∗)].

For each coordinate iii, let g1:t,i=(g1,i,…,gt,i)g_{1:t,i}=(g_{1,i},\dots,g_{t,i})g1:t,i​=(g1,i​,…,gt,i​) and st,i=∥g1:t,i∥2s_{t,i}=\|g_{1:t,i}\|_2st,i​=∥g1:t,i​∥2​. Diagonal AdaGrad (Figure 1 of the paper) has parameters η>0\eta>0η>0, δ≥0\delta\ge0δ≥0, starts at x1=0x_1=0x1​=0, and in round ttt uses the proximal function ψt(x)=12⟨x,(δI+diag(st))x⟩\psi_t(x)=\frac12\langle x,(\delta I+\mathrm{diag}(s_t))x\rangleψt​(x)=21​⟨x,(δI+diag(st​))x⟩. It updates by one of two rules:

  • the primal-dual subgradient update (3): xt+1x_{t+1}xt+1​ minimizes η⟨1t∑τ≤tgτ,x⟩+ηφ(x)+1tψt(x)\eta\langle\frac1t\sum_{\tau\le t}g_\tau,x\rangle+\eta\varphi(x)+\frac1t\psi_t(x)η⟨t1​∑τ≤t​gτ​,x⟩+ηφ(x)+t1​ψt​(x) over X\mathcal XX;
  • the composite mirror descent update (4): xt+1x_{t+1}xt+1​ minimizes η⟨gt,x⟩+ηφ(x)+Bψt(x,xt)\eta\langle g_t,x\rangle+\eta\varphi(x)+B_{\psi_t}(x,x_t)η⟨gt​,x⟩+ηφ(x)+Bψt​​(x,xt​) over X\mathcal XX, where Bψt(x,y)=12∑i(δ+st,i)(xi−yi)2B_{\psi_t}(x,y)=\frac12\sum_i(\delta+s_{t,i})(x_i-y_i)^2Bψt​​(x,y)=21​∑i​(δ+st,i​)(xi​−yi​)2 is the Bregman divergence of ψt\psi_tψt​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5

For the primal-dual update with δ≥max⁡t≤T∥gt∥∞\delta\ge\max_{t\le T}\|g_t\|_\inftyδ≥maxt≤T​∥gt​∥∞​, and every x∗∈Xx^*\in\mathcal Xx∗∈X,

Rφ(T)≤δη∥x∗∥22+1η∥x∗∥∞2∑i=1d∥g1:T,i∥2+η∑i=1d∥g1:T,i∥2.R_\varphi(T)\le\frac\delta\eta\|x^*\|_2^2+\frac1\eta\|x^*\|_\infty^2\sum_{i=1}^d\|g_{1:T,i}\|_2+\eta\sum_{i=1}^d\|g_{1:T,i}\|_2 .Rφ​(T)≤ηδ​∥x∗∥22​+η1​∥x∗∥∞2​i=1∑d​∥g1:T,i​∥2​+ηi=1∑d​∥g1:T,i​∥2​.

For the composite mirror descent update with δ=0\delta=0δ=0, and every x∗∈Xx^*\in\mathcal Xx∗∈X,

Rφ(T)≤12ηmax⁡t≤T∥x∗−xt∥∞2∑i=1d∥g1:T,i∥2+η∑i=1d∥g1:T,i∥2.R_\varphi(T)\le\frac1{2\eta}\max_{t\le T}\|x^*-x_t\|_\infty^2\sum_{i=1}^d\|g_{1:T,i}\|_2+\eta\sum_{i=1}^d\|g_{1:T,i}\|_2 .Rφ​(T)≤2η1​t≤Tmax​∥x∗−xt​∥∞2​i=1∑d​∥g1:T,i​∥2​+ηi=1∑d​∥g1:T,i​∥2​.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 16: the one-step inequality of composite mirror descent.
  2. Proposition 3: the regret of composite mirror descent with time-varying proximal functions.
  3. Proposition 2: the regret of primal-dual subgradient (dual averaging) with time-varying proximal functions.
  4. Inequality (24): ∑t≤Tat2/∥a1:t∥2≤2∥a1:T∥2\sum_{t\le T}a_t^2/\|a_{1:t}\|_2\le2\|a_{1:T}\|_2∑t≤T​at2​/∥a1:t​∥2​≤2∥a1:T​∥2​ for any real sequence.
  5. Lemma 4: ∑t≤T⟨gt,diag(st)−1gt⟩≤2∑i∥g1:T,i∥2\sum_{t\le T}\langle g_t,\mathrm{diag}(s_t)^{-1}g_t\rangle\le2\sum_i\|g_{1:T,i}\|_2∑t≤T​⟨gt​,diag(st​)−1gt​⟩≤2∑i​∥g1:T,i​∥2​.
  6. Inequality (13): the mirror-descent gradient term is at most 2∑i∥g1:T,i∥22\sum_i\|g_{1:T,i}\|_22∑i​∥g1:T,i​∥2​.
  7. The primal-dual analogue of (13) (§3, after (13)).
  8. Inequality (14): the drift of the Bregman divergences is controlled by max⁡t∥x∗−xt∥∞2∑i∥g1:T,i∥2\max_t\|x^*-x_t\|_\infty^2\sum_i\|g_{1:T,i}\|_2maxt​∥x∗−xt​∥∞2​∑i​∥g1:T,i​∥2​.

Lemma 16 and Propositions 2 and 3 are stated in the paper for general proximal functions; here they are specialised to diagonal quadratic ones, ψt(y)=12∑iht,iyi2\psi_t(y)=\frac12\sum_ih_{t,i}y_i^2ψt​(y)=21​∑i​ht,i​yi2​.

Significance

The result. The quantity ∑i∥g1:T,i∥2\sum_i\|g_{1:T,i}\|_2∑i​∥g1:T,i​∥2​ is never larger than d (∑t∥gt∥22)1/2\sqrt d\,\big(\sum_t\|g_t\|_2^2\big)^{1/2}d​(∑t​∥gt​∥22​)1/2 and can be far smaller when gradients are sparse or coordinate scales differ. Theorem 5 shows that diagonal AdaGrad does as well as the best fixed diagonal preconditioner chosen in hindsight, up to a constant, without knowing the gradients in advance (Corollary 1 and Corollary 6 of the paper). Through online-to-batch conversion the same bound gives convergence rates for stochastic convex optimization with sparse data. The theorem underpins the theoretical case for per-coordinate adaptive step sizes.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper; to our knowledge no machine-checked proof of AdaGrad's regret bound exists, in Lean or elsewhere. The formalization produces checked versions of the two regret templates (composite mirror descent and dual averaging with changing proximal functions), which are reused by most later analyses of adaptive methods, and of the Auer–Gentile inequality. The formal statements also make precise two hypotheses the printed theorem leaves implicit (see Formalization scope).

Difficulty

The obvious argument fixes one proximal function and applies the classical mirror-descent or dual-averaging bound. That fails because AdaGrad's ψt\psi_tψt​ changes every round and depends on the very subgradients whose norms are being bounded: the classical bounds assume a fixed ψ\psiψ, and with changing ψt\psi_tψt​ new drift terms appear that must be shown to be small. The gradient term ∑t∥gt∥ψt∗2\sum_t\|g_t\|^2_{\psi_t^*}∑t​∥gt​∥ψt∗​2​ has denominators that grow with the data, so it is not bounded term by term; it has to be bounded as a whole sum. For dual averaging there is an additional index shift: round ttt's subgradient is measured in the dual norm of ψt−1\psi_{t-1}ψt−1​, which has not yet seen gtg_tgt​.

Formalization scope

Vectors live in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), so ‖·‖ is the Euclidean norm; ∥⋅∥∞\|\cdot\|_\infty∥⋅∥∞​ is a separate definition supNorm. Rounds are 1-based, with sums over Finset.Icc 1 T; s0=0s_0=0s0​=0. Losses and the regularizer are real-valued convex functions on all of Rd\mathbb R^dRd, so extended-valued regularizers (indicator functions) are excluded, and the constraint is carried by X\mathcal XX. The subgradient relation is the published platform definition ShorNonsmooth.AlmostDiff.IsSubgradient. Each update is a predicate (xt+1∈Xx_{t+1}\in\mathcal Xxt+1​∈X and minimizes the update objective over X\mathcal XX), since the minimizer need not be unique; the theorems hold for every run. The factor 12\frac1221​ in ψt\psi_tψt​ follows Figure 1. Dual norms use Lean's division, where a/0=0a/0=0a/0=0 is the paper's 0/0=00/0=00/0=0. The losses are a fixed sequence, which also covers adaptive adversaries because the run is determined by the losses.

Two restrictions relative to the printed Theorem 5, both forced by the paper's own proof:

  1. The mirror-descent part is stated for δ=0\delta=0δ=0. The proof bounds Bψ1(x∗,x1)B_{\psi_1}(x^*,x_1)Bψ1​​(x∗,x1​) by 12∥x∗−x1∥∞2⟨1,s1⟩\frac12\|x^*-x_1\|_\infty^2\langle\mathbf 1,s_1\rangle21​∥x∗−x1​∥∞2​⟨1,s1​⟩, which drops δ2∥x∗−x1∥22\frac\delta2\|x^*-x_1\|_2^22δ​∥x∗−x1​∥22​. For large δ>0\delta>0δ>0 the printed bound is false. δ=0\delta=0δ=0 is the case the proof covers and the one the paper's corollaries use.
  2. φ\varphiφ is minimized over X\mathcal XX at x1=0x_1=0x1​=0. Propositions 2 and 3 rely on this ("x1=argmin⁡x∈Xφ(x)x_1=\operatorname{argmin}_{x\in\mathcal X}\varphi(x)x1​=argminx∈X​φ(x)", "w.l.o.g. φ(x1)=0\varphi(x_1)=0φ(x1​)=0"). It holds for φ=0\varphi=0φ=0, λ∥x∥1\lambda\|x\|_1λ∥x∥1​ and λ∥x∥22\lambda\|x\|_2^2λ∥x∥22​. Without it the bounds fail.

Proposition 2 is stated with strictly positive weights. The primal-dual part of the goal with δ=0\delta=0δ=0 is a degenerate case in which every gtg_tgt​ vanishes.

A run predicate without the subgradient link gt∈∂ft(xt)g_t\in\partial f_t(x_t)gt​∈∂ft​(xt​), an argmin without xt+1∈Xx_{t+1}\in\mathcal Xxt+1​∈X, a comparator outside X\mathcal XX, or sts_tst​ computed without round ttt would each make the statement trivial or different. The definitions rule all of these out.

Needed infrastructure: elementary convex analysis on Rd\mathbb R^dRd (first-order optimality of a convex objective over a convex set), finite sums and square roots. Nothing beyond Mathlib is required. The two regret templates (Propositions 2 and 3) and inequality (24) are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and of the full-matrix analogues, are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Duchi, E. Hazan, Y. Singer, Adaptive Subgradient Methods for Online Learning and Stochastic Optimization, Journal of Machine Learning Research 12 (2011) 2121–2159. https://jmlr.org/papers/v12/duchi11a.html
  • H. B. McMahan, M. Streeter, Adaptive Bound Optimization for Online Convex Optimization, COLT 2010. https://arxiv.org/abs/1002.4908
  • P. Auer, C. Gentile, Adaptive and Self-Confident On-Line Learning Algorithms, COLT 2000; J. Comput. System Sci. 64 (2002) 48–75. https://doi.org/10.1006/jcss.2001.1795
  • J. Duchi, S. Shalev-Shwartz, Y. Singer, A. Tewari, Composite Objective Mirror Descent, COLT 2010.
  • L. Xiao, Dual Averaging Methods for Regularized Stochastic Learning and Online Optimization, Journal of Machine Learning Research 11 (2010) 2543–2596. https://jmlr.org/papers/v11/xiao10a.html
  • Y. Nesterov, Primal-dual subgradient methods for convex problems, Mathematical Programming 120 (2009) 221–259. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-007-0149-x
  • M. Zinkevich, Online Convex Programming and Generalized Infinitesimal Gradient Ascent, ICML 2003.
11 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity V: Projected Gradient Descent on a Convex β-Smooth Function Has Rate (3β‖x₁ − x*‖² + f(x₁) − f(x*))/tTextbook

Motivation

Many optimization problems in statistics, machine learning and operations research ask to minimize a smooth convex function over a simple convex set: a box, a ball, a simplex, a cone of positive semidefinite matrices. Projected gradient descent is the most basic first-order method for such problems. It takes a gradient step and then returns to the feasible set by Euclidean projection. Its cost per iteration is one gradient evaluation and one projection, independent of the dimension apart from the cost of manipulating vectors, which is why it remains a workhorse in very high dimension.

This mission is the fifth in a series formalizing S. Bubeck, Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity (Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 8(3–4), 2015; arXiv:1405.4980). Chapter 3 of the monograph treats "dimension-free" convex optimization. Its §3.2 first proves that gradient descent on a convex β\betaβ-smooth function on Rn\mathbb R^nRn has rate O(β∥x1−x∗∥2/t)O(\beta\|x_1-x^*\|^2/t)O(β∥x1​−x∗∥2/t) (Theorem 3.3, the subject of mission IV), and then turns to the constrained case, which is the subject of this mission. The analysis follows Nesterov's Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization (2004).

Setting

Write x⊤yx^\top yx⊤y for the Euclidean inner product on Rn\mathbb R^nRn and ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ for the Euclidean norm. The constraint set X⊆Rn\mathcal X\subseteq\mathbb R^nX⊆Rn is compact and convex; this is the standing assumption of Chapter 3. The Euclidean projection of y∈Rny\in\mathbb R^ny∈Rn onto X\mathcal XX is

ΠX(y)=argmin⁡z∈X∥y−z∥,\Pi_{\mathcal X}(y)=\operatorname*{argmin}_{z\in\mathcal X}\|y-z\| ,ΠX​(y)=z∈Xargmin​∥y−z∥,

which exists and is unique for a nonempty closed convex set.

A differentiable function f:Rn→Rf:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb Rf:Rn→R is β\betaβ-smooth on X\mathcal XX if its gradient is β\betaβ-Lipschitz there:

∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤β∥x−y∥(x,y∈X).\|\nabla f(x)-\nabla f(y)\|\le\beta\|x-y\|\qquad(x,y\in\mathcal X).∥∇f(x)−∇f(y)∥≤β∥x−y∥(x,y∈X).

It is α\alphaα-strongly convex on X\mathcal XX if f(x)−f(y)≤∇f(x)⊤(x−y)−α2∥x−y∥2f(x)-f(y)\le\nabla f(x)^\top(x-y)-\frac\alpha2\|x-y\|^2f(x)−f(y)≤∇f(x)⊤(x−y)−2α​∥x−y∥2 for x,y∈Xx,y\in\mathcal Xx,y∈X. A minimizer x∗∈Xx^*\in\mathcal Xx∗∈X of fff over X\mathcal XX is assumed to exist, as everywhere in the monograph.

Projected gradient descent with step size η=1/β\eta=1/\betaη=1/β starts at x1∈Xx_1\in\mathcal Xx1​∈X and iterates

xt+1=ΠX(xt−1β∇f(xt))(t≥1).x_{t+1}=\Pi_{\mathcal X}\Bigl(x_t-\tfrac1\beta\nabla f(x_t)\Bigr)\qquad(t\ge1).xt+1​=ΠX​(xt​−β1​∇f(xt​))(t≥1).

For a point xxx with projected step x+=ΠX(x−1β∇f(x))x^+=\Pi_{\mathcal X}\bigl(x-\frac1\beta\nabla f(x)\bigr)x+=ΠX​(x−β1​∇f(x)), the gradient mapping is gX(x)=β(x−x+)g_{\mathcal X}(x)=\beta(x-x^+)gX​(x)=β(x−x+). Without constraints it equals ∇f(x)\nabla f(x)∇f(x).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.7 (p. 270)

For fff convex and β\betaβ-smooth on X\mathcal XX, projected gradient descent with η=1/β\eta=1/\betaη=1/β satisfies, for every t≥1t\ge1t≥1,

f(xt)−f(x∗)≤3β∥x1−x∗∥2+f(x1)−f(x∗)t.f(x_t)-f(x^*)\le\frac{3\beta\|x_1-x^*\|^2+f(x_1)-f(x^*)}{t}.f(xt​)−f(x∗)≤t3β∥x1​−x∗∥2+f(x1​)−f(x∗)​.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 3.1 (p. 263): for x∈Xx\in\mathcal Xx∈X and y∈Rny\in\mathbb R^ny∈Rn, (ΠX(y)−x)⊤(ΠX(y)−y)≤0(\Pi_{\mathcal X}(y)-x)^\top(\Pi_{\mathcal X}(y)-y)\le0(ΠX​(y)−x)⊤(ΠX​(y)−y)≤0, and hence ∥ΠX(y)−x∥2+∥y−ΠX(y)∥2≤∥y−x∥2\|\Pi_{\mathcal X}(y)-x\|^2+\|y-\Pi_{\mathcal X}(y)\|^2\le\|y-x\|^2∥ΠX​(y)−x∥2+∥y−ΠX​(y)∥2≤∥y−x∥2. The first claim is an already proved platform theorem.
  2. (3.7) (p. 270): ∇f(x)⊤(x+−y)≤gX(x)⊤(x+−y)\nabla f(x)^\top(x^+-y)\le g_{\mathcal X}(x)^\top(x^+-y)∇f(x)⊤(x+−y)≤gX​(x)⊤(x+−y) for y∈Xy\in\mathcal Xy∈X.
  3. Lemma 3.6 (p. 270): for x,y∈Xx,y\in\mathcal Xx,y∈X,
f(x+)−f(y)≤gX(x)⊤(x−y)−12β∥gX(x)∥2.f(x^+)-f(y)\le g_{\mathcal X}(x)^\top(x-y)-\frac1{2\beta}\|g_{\mathcal X}(x)\|^2 .f(x+)−f(y)≤gX​(x)⊤(x−y)−2β1​∥gX​(x)∥2.
  1. Descent and gap (pp. 270–271): f(xs+1)−f(xs)≤−12β∥gX(xs)∥2f(x_{s+1})-f(x_s)\le-\frac1{2\beta}\|g_{\mathcal X}(x_s)\|^2f(xs+1​)−f(xs​)≤−2β1​∥gX​(xs​)∥2 and f(xs+1)−f(x∗)≤∥gX(xs)∥ ∥xs−x∗∥f(x_{s+1})-f(x^*)\le\|g_{\mathcal X}(x_s)\|\,\|x_s-x^*\|f(xs+1​)−f(x∗)≤∥gX​(xs​)∥∥xs​−x∗∥.
  2. Distances decrease (p. 271): ∥xs+1−x∗∥≤∥xs−x∗∥\|x_{s+1}-x^*\|\le\|x_s-x^*\|∥xs+1​−x∗∥≤∥xs​−x∗∥.
  3. Recursion and induction (p. 271): with δs=f(xs)−f(x∗)\delta_s=f(x_s)-f(x^*)δs​=f(xs​)−f(x∗), δs+1≤δs−12β∥x1−x∗∥2δs+12\delta_{s+1}\le\delta_s-\frac{1}{2\beta\|x_1-x^*\|^2}\delta_{s+1}^2δs+1​≤δs​−2β∥x1​−x∗∥21​δs+12​, and an induction on this recursion gives the bound of Theorem 3.7.

Companion: Theorem 3.10 (p. 278)

If fff is in addition α\alphaα-strongly convex on X\mathcal XX, with condition number κ=β/α\kappa=\beta/\alphaκ=β/α, then the strengthened Lemma 3.6, display (3.14), gives for every t≥0t\ge0t≥0

∥xt+1−x∗∥2≤exp⁡(−tκ)∥x1−x∗∥2.\|x_{t+1}-x^*\|^2\le\exp\Bigl(-\frac t\kappa\Bigr)\|x_1-x^*\|^2 .∥xt+1​−x∗∥2≤exp(−κt​)∥x1​−x∗∥2.

Significance

Theorem 3.7 shows that a constraint set with a cheap projection costs nothing in the order of convergence: the O(β∥x1−x∗∥2/t)O(\beta\|x_1-x^*\|^2/t)O(β∥x1​−x∗∥2/t) rate of unconstrained gradient descent survives, with a constant that depends on f(x1)−f(x∗)f(x_1)-f(x^*)f(x1​)−f(x∗). Lemma 3.6 is the reusable part. It isolates the gradient mapping as the quantity that measures progress under constraints, and the same inequality, with a strong-convexity term added, gives the linear rate of Theorem 3.10. It is also the starting point of the analysis of proximal gradient methods for composite objectives.

All of these results are classical and proved in the textbook. As far as a search of the platform shows, none of them is formalized there. A related platform theorem on constrained gradient descent for well-conditioned functions (from Hazan's Introduction to Online Convex Optimization) bounds function values with a different exponent. It is not Theorem 3.10, which bounds distances with rate exp⁡(−t/κ)\exp(-t/\kappa)exp(−t/κ). This mission adds machine-checked statements of the constrained analysis in Bubeck's formulation, with the book's constants. The definitions of β\betaβ-smoothness on a set, the gradient mapping and the run predicate can be reused by later missions on accelerated and proximal methods.

Difficulty

The obvious attempt is to copy the unconstrained proof, which rests on the descent inequality f(x−1β∇f(x))≤f(x)−12β∥∇f(x)∥2f(x-\frac1\beta\nabla f(x))\le f(x)-\frac1{2\beta}\|\nabla f(x)\|^2f(x−β1​∇f(x))≤f(x)−2β1​∥∇f(x)∥2. That inequality fails under constraints: the projection can cut the step short, so the decrease in fff is not controlled by ∥∇f(x)∥\|\nabla f(x)\|∥∇f(x)∥. At a boundary minimizer, for instance, ∇f(x∗)≠0\nabla f(x^*)\neq0∇f(x∗)=0 while no step makes progress. The proof has to replace the gradient by the gradient mapping throughout. It also has to show separately that the iterates do not move away from x∗x^*x∗, a fact that came for free without constraints from co-coercivity of the gradient (display (3.6)).

The closing induction is not routine either. The step from sss to s+1s+1s+1 works only from s=2s=2s=2 on, and the step from 111 to 222 needs a direct computation that uses the term f(x1)−f(x∗)f(x_1)-f(x^*)f(x1​)−f(x∗) in the numerator.

Formalization scope

  • Space. Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), and x⊤yx^\top yx⊤y is ⟪x, y⟫_ℝ.
  • Constraint set and minimizer. Every statement assumes X\mathcal XX compact (IsCompact X) and convex (Convex ℝ X), the standing assumption of Chapter 3. Every statement about a run assumes a minimizer x∗∈Xx^*\in\mathcal Xx∗∈X with f(x∗)≤f(y)f(x^*)\le f(y)f(x∗)≤f(y) for all y∈Xy\in\mathcal Xy∈X, the monograph's standing assumption.
  • Gradient. The gradient is an explicit map g with HasGradientAt f (g x) x at every point of Rn\mathbb R^nRn, so ∇f(x)\nabla f(x)∇f(x) is defined at boundary points of X\mathcal XX. β\betaβ-smoothness on X\mathcal XX (IsBetaSmoothOn X f g β) asks this together with β≥0\beta\ge0β≥0 and the Lipschitz bound on X\mathcal XX only. It is not the quadratic upper bound (3.4), which is a consequence.
  • Strong convexity. It is the published predicate OnlineConvexOpt.ConvexBasics.StronglyConvexOn X f g α, which is display (3.13) with the same gradient map. Display (3.14) and Theorem 3.10 use α>0\alpha>0α>0.
  • Projection. The projection is the published relation IsMetricProjection X y p: p∈Xp\in\mathcal Xp∈X and ∥y−p∥≤∥y−z∥\|y-p\|\le\|y-z\|∥y−p∥≤∥y−z∥ for every z∈Xz\in\mathcal Xz∈X. No choice function is used.
  • Run. A run is IsProjGDRun X g β x: β>0\beta>0β>0, x1∈Xx_1\in\mathcal Xx1​∈X, and for every t≥1t\ge1t≥1 the iterate xt+1x_{t+1}xt+1​ is a projection of xt−β−1g(xt)x_t-\beta^{-1}g(x_t)xt​−β−1g(xt​). Indices start at 111 as in the book, and x 0 is unused.
  • Gradient mapping. gradMap β x xplus =β(x−x+)=\beta(x-x^+)=β(x−x+) takes the projected point of the run as an argument.
  • Positivity. β>0\beta>0β>0 is assumed, as the step size 1/β1/\beta1/β requires, and α>0\alpha>0α>0 for Theorem 3.10, as κ=β/α\kappa=\beta/\alphaκ=β/α requires.
  • The recursion. The recursion of milestone 6 is stated multiplied by 2β∥x1−x∗∥22\beta\|x_1-x^*\|^22β∥x1​−x∗∥2, so the case x1=x∗x_1=x^*x1​=x∗ needs no division.
  • No trivial readings. A run predicate with a free step size, or β\betaβ-smoothness replaced by the quadratic bound (3.4), would change the content. Both are excluded: the step is fixed to 1/β1/\beta1/β, and smoothness is the Lipschitz condition on the gradient.

Contributions are welcome on any milestone. Lemma 3.1 and (3.7) need only the variational characterization of the projection. Lemma 3.6 needs the quadratic upper bound for a function whose gradient is Lipschitz on a convex set, together with the first-order characterization of convexity relative to a set. Both are of independent use. The induction milestone is a self-contained statement about real sequences.

Selected references

  • S. Bubeck, Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 8(3–4):231–358, 2015. arXiv:1405.4980
  • Y. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2004. doi:10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
  • E. Hazan, Introduction to Online Convex Optimization, 2nd ed., MIT Press, 2022. arXiv:1909.05207
12 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity III: Projected Subgradient Descent with η = R/(L√t) Satisfies f(average) − f(x*) ≤ RL/√tTextbook

Motivation

Many convex optimization problems in machine learning and statistics have objectives that are convex but not differentiable: hinge losses, ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ penalties, maxima of finitely many affine functions, and the dual functions of Lagrangian relaxations. Methods that rely on gradients do not apply to them directly, while cutting-plane methods such as the ellipsoid method pay a price that grows with the dimension. The projected subgradient method replaces the gradient by an arbitrary subgradient and restores feasibility by a Euclidean projection. Its guarantee depends on the dimension only through two constants, a radius RRR and a Lipschitz constant LLL. This is the reason it, and its descendants (mirror descent, stochastic gradient descent, online gradient descent), are the standard tools for large-scale nonsmooth problems.

The rate analysed here goes back to the subgradient methods of Shor and Polyak in the 1960s and 1970s and to the lower bounds of Nemirovski and Yudin (1983). The book follows the presentation of Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization (2004). The strongly convex variant with weights proportional to sss is from Lacoste-Julien, Schmidt and Bach (2012).

This mission is the third of a series formalizing S. Bubeck, Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity (Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning, 2015), and covers the preamble of Chapter 3, Section 3.1 and Section 3.4.1.

Setting

Let Rn\mathbb R^nRn carry the Euclidean inner product x⊤yx^\top yx⊤y and norm ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥. Let X⊆Rn\mathcal X\subseteq\mathbb R^nX⊆Rn be compact and convex, and let fff be a convex function on X\mathcal XX with a minimizer x∗∈Xx^*\in\mathcal Xx∗∈X.

A vector ggg is a subgradient of fff at x∈Xx\in\mathcal Xx∈X if f(x)−f(y)≤g⊤(x−y)f(x)-f(y)\le g^\top(x-y)f(x)−f(y)≤g⊤(x−y) for every y∈Xy\in\mathcal Xy∈X. The set of subgradients at xxx is written ∂f(x)\partial f(x)∂f(x). The projection ΠX(y)\Pi_{\mathcal X}(y)ΠX​(y) of a point y∈Rny\in\mathbb R^ny∈Rn is the point of X\mathcal XX nearest to yyy.

Fix step sizes ηs>0\eta_s>0ηs​>0. Projected subgradient descent starts at some x1∈Xx_1\in\mathcal Xx1​∈X and iterates, for s≥1s\ge1s≥1,

ys+1=xs−ηsgs,gs∈∂f(xs),xs+1=ΠX(ys+1).y_{s+1}=x_s-\eta_s g_s,\quad g_s\in\partial f(x_s),\qquad x_{s+1}=\Pi_{\mathcal X}(y_{s+1}).ys+1​=xs​−ηs​gs​,gs​∈∂f(xs​),xs+1​=ΠX​(ys+1​).

Any subgradient may be chosen at each step. In Section 3.1 the step is constant, ηs=η\eta_s=\etaηs​=η. The set X\mathcal XX lies in the Euclidean ball of radius RRR centred at x1x_1x1​, and the subgradients have norm at most LLL.

A function fff is α\alphaα-strongly convex on X\mathcal XX if f(x)−f(y)≤g⊤(x−y)−α2∥x−y∥2f(x)-f(y)\le g^\top(x-y)-\frac{\alpha}{2}\|x-y\|^2f(x)−f(y)≤g⊤(x−y)−2α​∥x−y∥2 for all x,y∈Xx,y\in\mathcal Xx,y∈X and g∈∂f(x)g\in\partial f(x)g∈∂f(x).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.2

For every horizon t≥1t\ge1t≥1, projected subgradient descent with the constant step η=R/(Lt)\eta=R/(L\sqrt t)η=R/(Lt​) satisfies

f(1t∑s=1txs)−f(x∗)≤RLt.f\Big(\frac1t\sum_{s=1}^{t}x_s\Big)-f(x^*)\le\frac{RL}{\sqrt t}.f(t1​s=1∑t​xs​)−f(x∗)≤t​RL​.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 3.1. For x∈Xx\in\mathcal Xx∈X and y∈Rny\in\mathbb R^ny∈Rn: (ΠX(y)−x)⊤(ΠX(y)−y)≤0(\Pi_{\mathcal X}(y)-x)^\top(\Pi_{\mathcal X}(y)-y)\le0(ΠX​(y)−x)⊤(ΠX​(y)−y)≤0, already on the platform as a published theorem. The mission also states its consequence
∥ΠX(y)−x∥2+∥y−ΠX(y)∥2≤∥y−x∥2.\|\Pi_{\mathcal X}(y)-x\|^2+\|y-\Pi_{\mathcal X}(y)\|^2\le\|y-x\|^2 .∥ΠX​(y)−x∥2+∥y−ΠX​(y)∥2≤∥y−x∥2.
  1. The per-step inequality in the proof of Theorem 3.2:
f(xs)−f(x∗)≤12η(∥xs−x∗∥2−∥ys+1−x∗∥2)+η2∥gs∥2.f(x_s)-f(x^*)\le\frac1{2\eta}\big(\|x_s-x^*\|^2-\|y_{s+1}-x^*\|^2\big)+\frac\eta2\|g_s\|^2 .f(xs​)−f(x∗)≤2η1​(∥xs​−x∗∥2−∥ys+1​−x∗∥2)+2η​∥gs​∥2.
  1. The summed inequality for any constant step η>0\eta>0η>0:
∑s=1t(f(xs)−f(x∗))≤R22η+ηL2t2.\sum_{s=1}^{t}\big(f(x_s)-f(x^*)\big)\le\frac{R^2}{2\eta}+\frac{\eta L^2t}{2}.s=1∑t​(f(xs​)−f(x∗))≤2ηR2​+2ηL2t​.

Companion: Theorem 3.9

If fff is α\alphaα-strongly convex and its subgradients are bounded by LLL, then with ηs=2/(α(s+1))\eta_s=2/(\alpha(s+1))ηs​=2/(α(s+1)),

f(∑s=1t2st(t+1)xs)−f(x∗)≤2L2α(t+1).f\Big(\sum_{s=1}^{t}\frac{2s}{t(t+1)}x_s\Big)-f(x^*)\le\frac{2L^2}{\alpha(t+1)}.f(s=1∑t​t(t+1)2s​xs​)−f(x∗)≤α(t+1)2L2​.

Significance

Theorem 3.2 gives an oracle complexity of O(R2L2/ε2)O(R^2L^2/\varepsilon^2)O(R2L2/ε2) for reaching an ε\varepsilonε-optimal point, independent of the ambient dimension. Section 3.5 of the book shows this rate is unimprovable for black-box first-order methods once the dimension is large. Theorem 3.9 shows how strong convexity improves the rate to O(1/t)O(1/t)O(1/t), with the averaging weights changed from uniform to linear. These two bounds are the reference points against which the rest of Chapter 3 and Chapters 4 to 6 (smooth, accelerated, mirror, stochastic methods) are measured.

The results are classical and their proofs are short. Formalizing them produces a reusable, machine-checked account of the basic projected first-order step: the projection inequality, the one-step distance recursion, and the telescoping argument with Jensen's inequality for averaged iterates. To our knowledge, no machine-checked proof of the averaged-iterate bound for the projected subgradient method exists in Mathlib. Related platform items cover other algorithms or other averaging schemes.

Difficulty

The arithmetic is elementary, and the obvious argument works. The care is in the bookkeeping. The projection must be shown not to increase the distance to x∗x^*x∗, which needs convexity of X\mathcal XX and the variational characterization of the nearest point. The sum must telescope with a horizon-dependent constant step. Jensen's inequality must be applied to a finite convex combination of points of X\mathcal XX, which requires showing that the average lies in X\mathcal XX. In Theorem 3.9 the step sizes and the averaging weights are coupled, so neither can be changed independently. In Lean, the iterates are indexed from 111 with natural-number horizons, and the bounds involve t\sqrt tt​, so these casts need care.

Formalization scope

Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n). The iterates are sequences ℕ → EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) with the first iterate at index 111. The projection is the published relation OnlineConvexOpt.FirstOrder.IsMetricProjection (xs+1∈Xx_{s+1}\in\mathcal Xxs+1​∈X is a nearest point to ys+1y_{s+1}ys+1​). Subgradients are taken relative to X\mathcal XX (Definition 1.2). A run is a predicate on the steps s=1,…,ts=1,\dots,ts=1,…,t, and every theorem holds for all runs, that is, for every choice of subgradients. Compactness and convexity of X\mathcal XX, convexity of fff on X\mathcal XX and the existence of the minimizer x∗x^*x∗ are the book's standing assumptions and appear as hypotheses. R>0R>0R>0, L>0L>0L>0 and α>0\alpha>0α>0 are explicit, because Lean's division by zero would otherwise turn the step size into a junk value.

The book assumes ∥g∥≤L\|g\|\le L∥g∥≤L for every subgradient at every point of X\mathcal XX. With subgradients relative to a compact X\mathcal XX, that assumption can never hold at a boundary point, since every outward normal can be added to a subgradient. Stated that way the theorems would be vacuous. The mission therefore assumes the bound only for the subgradients g1,…,gtg_1,\dots,g_tg1​,…,gt​ that the run uses. This is a weaker hypothesis and gives a stronger, non-vacuous statement. Bounding only these subgradients is a deliberate choice, not a trivialization: the bound still constrains every quantity the conclusion depends on.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the four inequalities and of the two rates, and a reusable lemma that the convex combination of finitely many points of a convex set lies in the set, together with Jensen's inequality in the form used here.

Selected references

  • S. Bubeck, Convex Optimization: Algorithms and Complexity, Foundations and Trends in Machine Learning 8(3–4):231–358, 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1405.4980
  • Y. Nesterov, Introductory Lectures on Convex Optimization: A Basic Course, Kluwer, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4419-8853-9
  • A. Nemirovski and D. Yudin, Problem Complexity and Method Efficiency in Optimization, Wiley, 1983.
  • S. Lacoste-Julien, M. Schmidt and F. Bach, A simpler approach to obtaining an O(1/t) convergence rate for the projected stochastic subgradient method, 2012. https://arxiv.org/abs/1212.2002
  • N. Z. Shor, Minimization Methods for Non-Differentiable Functions, Springer, 1985. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-82118-9
7 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
ProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Local Rademacher Complexities II: Local Rademacher Averages of the Classification Loss Class Are Bounded by Weighted Empirical Risk Minimization (Theorem 6.3)Research Paper

Motivation

Local Rademacher averages measure the complexity of a learning problem only near the functions that matter, such as those with small empirical error, rather than over the whole function class. Bartlett, Bousquet and Mendelson (Local Rademacher complexities, Ann. Statist. 33 (2005)) show that error bounds for empirical risk minimization are governed by the fixed point of a sub-root upper bound on such local averages, and that these bounds give fast rates (1/n1/n1/n rather than 1/n1/\sqrt n1/n​) under variance conditions. A bound is only useful in practice if it can be computed from the data. For classification with the discrete loss, the paper's Corollary 6.2 states the bound in terms of a localized empirical Rademacher average ψ^n(r)\hat\psi_n(r)ψ^​n​(r). That average is a supremum over a constrained subclass, and it is not obvious how to evaluate it.

Theorem 6.3 of the paper answers this. An upper bound on ψ^n(r)\hat\psi_n(r)ψ^​n​(r) can be computed by any algorithm that minimizes a weighted empirical classification error. A similar reduction was known for the global Rademacher average of a classification class: Bartlett, Boucheron and Lugosi (Model selection and error estimation, Machine Learning 48 (2002)) observed that the empirical Rademacher average equals one half minus an expected empirical risk minimum with random labels, and Lemma 6.4 of the paper is adapted from their argument. Theorem 6.3 shows that localization and the use of star-hulls keep this reduction intact.

Setting

Fix inputs X1,…,XnX_1,\dots,X_nX1​,…,Xn​ in a set X\mathcal XX (n≥1n\ge1n≥1) and labels Y1,…,Yn∈{−1,1}Y_1,\dots,Y_n\in\{-1,1\}Y1​,…,Yn​∈{−1,1}. Everything below is deterministic given this sample. A classifier is a function f:X→{−1,1}f:\mathcal X\to\{-1,1\}f:X→{−1,1}, and F\mathcal FF is a class of classifiers. The discrete loss is ℓ(y,y′)=1[y≠y′]\ell(y,y')=\mathbf 1[y\ne y']ℓ(y,y′)=1[y=y′]. For a vector z∈Rnz\in\mathbb R^nz∈Rn write

Pnℓ(f(X),z)=1n∑i=1nℓ(f(Xi),zi),Pnℓf=Pnℓ(f(X),Y),P_n\ell(f(X),z)=\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n\ell(f(X_i),z_i),\qquad P_n\ell_f=P_n\ell(f(X),Y),Pn​ℓ(f(X),z)=n1​i=1∑n​ℓ(f(Xi​),zi​),Pn​ℓf​=Pn​ℓ(f(X),Y),

so PnℓfP_n\ell_fPn​ℓf​ is the empirical risk of fff.

A sign vector σ∈{−1,1}n\sigma\in\{-1,1\}^nσ∈{−1,1}n plays the role of Rademacher signs, and Eσ\mathbb E_\sigmaEσ​ is the average over all 2n2^n2n sign vectors. The empirical Rademacher average of the loss functions of the classifiers with empirical risk at most bbb is

EσRn{ℓf:f∈F, Pnℓf≤b}=1n Eσsup⁡f∈F, Pnℓf≤b ∑i=1nσi ℓ(f(Xi),Yi).\mathbb E_\sigma R_n\{\ell_f : f\in\mathcal F,\ P_n\ell_f\le b\}=\frac1n\,\mathbb E_\sigma\sup_{f\in\mathcal F,\ P_n\ell_f\le b}\ \sum_{i=1}^n\sigma_i\,\ell(f(X_i),Y_i).Eσ​Rn​{ℓf​:f∈F, Pn​ℓf​≤b}=n1​Eσ​f∈F, Pn​ℓf​≤bsup​ i=1∑n​σi​ℓ(f(Xi​),Yi​).

For c≥0c\ge0c≥0, x>0x>0x>0 and 0<r≤1/20<r\le1/20<r≤1/2, the empirical local Rademacher complexity of the classification loss class is

ψ^n(r)=csup⁡α∈[2r,1]α EσRn{ℓf:f∈F, Pnℓf≤2r/α2}+26xn.\hat\psi_n(r)=c\sup_{\alpha\in[\sqrt{2r},1]}\alpha\,\mathbb E_\sigma R_n\{\ell_f : f\in\mathcal F,\ P_n\ell_f\le 2r/\alpha^2\}+\frac{26x}{n}.ψ^​n​(r)=cα∈[2r​,1]sup​αEσ​Rn​{ℓf​:f∈F, Pn​ℓf​≤2r/α2}+n26x​.

In Corollary 6.2, c=20c=20c=20. The parameter α\alphaα comes from the star-hull of the loss class: rescaling a loss function by α\alphaα turns the constraint Pn(αℓf)2≤2rP_n(\alpha\ell_f)^2\le 2rPn​(αℓf​)2≤2r into Pnℓf≤2r/α2P_n\ell_f\le 2r/\alpha^2Pn​ℓf​≤2r/α2.

For a sign vector σ\sigmaσ and a multiplier μ≥0\mu\ge0μ≥0, the weighted empirical risk minimum is

J(μ)=min⁡f∈F1n∑i=1n∣σi+μYi∣ ℓ(f(Xi),sign⁡(σi+μYi)).J(\mu)=\min_{f\in\mathcal F}\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n|\sigma_i+\mu Y_i|\,\ell\big(f(X_i),\operatorname{sign}(\sigma_i+\mu Y_i)\big).J(μ)=f∈Fmin​n1​i=1∑n​∣σi​+μYi​∣ℓ(f(Xi​),sign(σi​+μYi​)).

It is the smallest weighted training error when the labels are corrupted to sign⁡(σi+μYi)\operatorname{sign}(\sigma_i+\mu Y_i)sign(σi​+μYi​) and example iii has weight ∣σi+μYi∣|\sigma_i+\mu Y_i|∣σi​+μYi​∣.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6.3

If some f∈Ff\in\mathcal Ff∈F has Pnℓf≤2rP_n\ell_f\le 2rPn​ℓf​≤2r, then

ψ^n(r)≤csup⁡α∈[2r,1]α Eσmin⁡μ≥0((2rα2−12)μ+12n∑i=1n∣σi+μYi∣−J(μ))+26xn.\hat\psi_n(r)\le c\sup_{\alpha\in[\sqrt{2r},1]}\alpha\,\mathbb E_\sigma\min_{\mu\ge0}\Big(\Big(\frac{2r}{\alpha^2}-\frac12\Big)\mu+\frac1{2n}\sum_{i=1}^n|\sigma_i+\mu Y_i|-J(\mu)\Big)+\frac{26x}{n}.ψ^​n​(r)≤cα∈[2r​,1]sup​αEσ​μ≥0min​((α22r​−21​)μ+2n1​i=1∑n​∣σi​+μYi​∣−J(μ))+n26x​.

The multiplier ccc is kept general, and the term 26x/n26x/n26x/n appears on both sides as printed.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 6.4. For every b∈[0,1]b\in[0,1]b∈[0,1] with a feasible classifier,
EσRn{ℓf:f∈F, Pnℓf≤b}=12−Eσmin⁡{Pnℓ(f(X),σ):f∈F, Pnℓ(f(X),Y)≤b}.\mathbb E_\sigma R_n\{\ell_f : f\in\mathcal F,\ P_n\ell_f\le b\}=\frac12-\mathbb E_\sigma\min\{P_n\ell(f(X),\sigma) : f\in\mathcal F,\ P_n\ell(f(X),Y)\le b\}.Eσ​Rn​{ℓf​:f∈F, Pn​ℓf​≤b}=21​−Eσ​min{Pn​ℓ(f(X),σ):f∈F, Pn​ℓ(f(X),Y)≤b}.
  1. Weak duality (proof of Theorem 6.3). With L(f,μ)=Pnℓ(f(X),σ)+μ(Pnℓ(f(X),Y)−2r/α2)L(f,\mu)=P_n\ell(f(X),\sigma)+\mu(P_n\ell(f(X),Y)-2r/\alpha^2)L(f,μ)=Pn​ℓ(f(X),σ)+μ(Pn​ℓ(f(X),Y)−2r/α2) and g(μ)=min⁡f∈FL(f,μ)g(\mu)=\min_{f\in\mathcal F}L(f,\mu)g(μ)=minf∈F​L(f,μ), for every μ≥0\mu\ge0μ≥0,
min⁡{Pnℓ(f(X),σ):f∈F, Pnℓ(f(X),Y)≤2r/α2}≥g(μ).\min\{P_n\ell(f(X),\sigma) : f\in\mathcal F,\ P_n\ell(f(X),Y)\le 2r/\alpha^2\}\ge g(\mu).min{Pn​ℓ(f(X),σ):f∈F, Pn​ℓ(f(X),Y)≤2r/α2}≥g(μ).
  1. The identity for g(μ)g(\mu)g(μ) (proof of Theorem 6.3, corrected).
g(μ)=J(μ)−12n∑i=1n∣σi+μYi∣+1+μ2−μ2rα2.g(\mu)=J(\mu)-\frac1{2n}\sum_{i=1}^n|\sigma_i+\mu Y_i|+\frac{1+\mu}2-\mu\frac{2r}{\alpha^2}.g(μ)=J(μ)−2n1​i=1∑n​∣σi​+μYi​∣+21+μ​−μα22r​.

Significance

The theorem turns a quantity defined by a supremum over a data-dependent subclass into one computable by a standard learning primitive. For each sign vector and each multiplier μ\muμ, J(μ)J(\mu)J(μ) is the value of a weighted classification problem, which any weighted empirical risk minimizer solves. The expectation over signs can be estimated by repeated sampling. The paper notes that JJJ is Lipschitz in μ\muμ, so a finite grid of μ\muμ values suffices, and that a sub-root upper bound on ψ^n\hat\psi_nψ^​n​ can then be read off. Combined with Corollary 6.2, this yields error bounds for empirical risk minimization in classification that are computable from the training data and that localize: they depend only on the classifiers with small empirical error.

The result is proved in the paper. It has not been formalized; as far as a search of the Prove2Me catalog shows, neither the classification loss class nor J(μ)J(\mu)J(μ) exists as a formal object. This mission produces machine-checked statements of the theorem and of its three proof steps. These cover the exact identity between Rademacher averages of the discrete loss class and random-label empirical risk minimization, and a Lagrangian duality bound for constrained empirical risk minimization.

Difficulty

The obvious route is to apply Lemma 6.4 and then exchange the constrained minimum for a Lagrangian. Each step has a point where a careless argument fails.

  • Lemma 6.4 needs a change of variables on sign vectors (σi↦−Yiσi\sigma_i\mapsto-Y_i\sigma_iσi​↦−Yi​σi​) that preserves the uniform average. It also needs the identity ℓ(y,y′)=∣y−y′∣/2\ell(y,y')=|y-y'|/2ℓ(y,y′)=∣y−y′∣/2 on {±1}\{\pm1\}{±1}, which fails off {±1}\{\pm1\}{±1}.
  • The Lagrangian step gives only weak duality. The bound is an inequality, and attempts to prove equality in Theorem 6.3 fail in general.
  • The identity for g(μ)g(\mu)g(μ) rests on ℓ(y,y^)=(1−yy^)/2\ell(y,\hat y)=(1-y\hat y)/2ℓ(y,y^​)=(1−yy^​)/2. This holds only for ±1\pm1±1 arguments, while sign⁡(σi+μYi)\operatorname{sign}(\sigma_i+\mu Y_i)sign(σi​+μYi​) is 000 when μ=1\mu=1μ=1 and σi=−Yi\sigma_i=-Y_iσi​=−Yi​. Those terms carry weight zero, and the bookkeeping has to show this.
  • Passing the per-α\alphaα, per-σ\sigmaσ inequalities through the outer supremum and the average requires every supremum and minimum to be over a nonempty, bounded set. This is where the feasibility hypothesis is used.

Formalization scope

  • Representation. Inputs are xs : Fin n → X for an arbitrary type X. Labels and signs are real vectors Fin n → ℝ. Classifiers are functions X → ℝ with values in {±1}\{\pm1\}{±1}, a class is a Set (X → ℝ), and the discrete loss is defined on all real pairs. Sign vectors are indexed by Fin n → Bool through the published UnderstandingML.signVec. Every Eσ\mathbb E_\sigmaEσ​, on both sides of every statement, is the finite average over these 2n2^n2n vectors; no probability measure is used. The empirical Rademacher average is the published UnderstandingML.rademacher applied to the set of loss vectors.
  • Suprema and minima. Every supremum and minimum is Lean's real ⨆/⨅ over a subtype. The hypotheses make each index set nonempty and each family bounded, so these are true suprema and minima. The convention Real.sign 0 = 0 is used where the paper's sign is undefined; it affects only weight-zero terms.
  • Added hypotheses. Each of these is implicit on the page:
    • n≥1n\ge1n≥1;
    • c≥0c\ge0c≥0 (for c<0c<0c<0 the inequality reverses);
    • 0<r≤1/20<r\le1/20<r≤1/2 (otherwise the range of α\alphaα is empty);
    • x>0x>0x>0 (Corollary 6.2's "fix x>0x>0x>0");
    • a classifier with Pnℓf≤2rP_n\ell_f\le 2rPn​ℓf​≤2r in the goal, and a feasible classifier in Lemma 6.4 and in the weak duality step (the page's minima presuppose one);
    • a nonempty F\mathcal FF in the g(μ)g(\mu)g(μ) identity.
  • Corrections of the print. The last display of the proof on p. 30 ends each line with −2r/α2-2r/\alpha^2−2r/α2. From the page's own definition g(μ)=min⁡fL(f,μ)g(\mu)=\min_f L(f,\mu)g(μ)=minf​L(f,μ), the constant is −μ 2r/α2-\mu\,2r/\alpha^2−μ2r/α2, which is the form Theorem 6.3's term (2r/α2−1/2)μ(2r/\alpha^2-1/2)\mu(2r/α2−1/2)μ requires. The milestone states the corrected identity.
  • No trivialization. Without the feasibility hypothesis, Lean would evaluate the empty-class Rademacher average and the unbounded μ\muμ-minimum to the junk value 000, and the goal would compare junk values. The feasibility hypothesis rules this out. The goal is the inequality between the two expressions for ψ^n\hat\psi_nψ^​n​ as printed; it is not restated through g(μ)g(\mu)g(μ), L(f,μ)L(f,\mu)L(f,μ) or Lemma 6.4.
  • Contributions welcome. A reusable lemma that the uniform average over {±1}n\{\pm1\}^n{±1}n is invariant under coordinatewise sign flips would serve beyond this mission, as would general facts about real infima over finite-valued families. Proofs of the three milestones, and of the goal from them, are the main targets.

Selected references

  • P. L. Bartlett, O. Bousquet, S. Mendelson, Local Rademacher complexities, Annals of Statistics 33(4), 1497–1537, 2005. arXiv:math/0508275v1 (cited version): https://arxiv.org/abs/math/0508275, DOI https://doi.org/10.1214/009053605000000282 — §6.2, Corollary 6.2 and Theorem 6.3 (pp. 28–29), Lemma 6.4 (p. 29), proof of Theorem 6.3 (p. 30).
  • P. L. Bartlett, S. Boucheron, G. Lugosi, Model selection and error estimation, Machine Learning 48, 85–113, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1013999503812
  • P. L. Bartlett, S. Mendelson, Rademacher and Gaussian complexities: risk bounds and structural results, Journal of Machine Learning Research 3, 463–482, 2002. https://www.jmlr.org/papers/v3/bartlett02a.html
  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, S. Ben-David, Understanding Machine Learning: From Theory to Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2014, Chapter 26 (the Rademacher complexity reused here). https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781107298019
6 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

The Big Data Newsvendor: Practical Insights from Machine Learning: The L2-Regularized Feature-Based Newsvendor Rule Generalizes with a Bound Free of the Number of FeaturesResearch Paper

Motivation

The newsvendor problem is the basic model of inventory under uncertain demand. A decision maker orders qqq units before demand DDD is observed, and pays a unit backordering cost bbb for each unit of unmet demand and a unit holding cost hhh for each unit left over. When the demand distribution is known, the optimal order is a quantile of it. In practice the distribution is unknown and the decision maker holds historical data, often including features: observable covariates such as the day of the week, the weather or a recent sales trend, recorded alongside each past demand.

Rudin and Vahn (MIT Sloan Working Paper 5036-13, version of February 6, 2014, from MIT DSpace; published as Ban and Rudin, Operations Research 67(1), 2019, doi:10.1287/opre.2018.1757) propose to learn the order quantity directly as a linear function of the features, by minimizing the empirical newsvendor cost over the training data, with or without a regularization penalty. Their question is the one any data-driven decision rule must answer: how much worse can the learned rule do on new data than it did on the data it was fitted to? When the number of features ppp is comparable to the sample size nnn ("big data"), a bound that grows with ppp says nothing, and the paper's Theorem 2 gives one for the regularized rule that does not depend on ppp.

This mission formalizes that bound, Theorem 2 of the working paper, together with the results its proof is assembled from. All page and result numbers refer to the 2014 working paper, not to the published article.

Setting

Cost. For an order qqq and a demand ddd, the newsvendor cost is

C(q;d)=b (d−q)++h (q−d)+,b,h>0.C(q;d)=b\,(d-q)^+ + h\,(q-d)^+ ,\qquad b,h>0 .C(q;d)=b(d−q)++h(q−d)+,b,h>0.

Write b∨h=max⁡(b,h)b\vee h=\max(b,h)b∨h=max(b,h).

Data. A data point is a pair z=(x,d)z=(x,d)z=(x,d) of a feature vector x∈Rpx\in\mathbb R^px∈Rp and a demand d∈Rd\in\mathbb Rd∈R. Features lie in a domain X\mathcal XX inside the ball ∥x∥22≤Xmax⁡2\|x\|_2^2\le X_{\max}^2∥x∥22​≤Xmax2​, and demands lie in D=[0,Dˉ]\mathcal D=[0,\bar D]D=[0,Dˉ]. A sample Sn={(xi,di)}i=1nS_n=\{(x_i,d_i)\}_{i=1}^nSn​={(xi​,di​)}i=1n​ consists of nnn independent draws from an unknown probability distribution μ\muμ concentrated on X×D\mathcal X\times\mathcal DX×D.

Rules and risks. A vector q∈Rpq\in\mathbb R^pq∈Rp defines the linear decision rule q(x)=q⊤xq(x)=q^\top xq(x)=q⊤x. Its true risk and empirical risk are

Rtrue(q)=E(x,d)∼μ[C(q⊤x;d)],R^(q;Sn)=1n∑i=1nC(q⊤xi;di).R_{true}(q)=\mathbb E_{(x,d)\sim\mu}\bigl[C(q^\top x;d)\bigr],\qquad \hat R(q;S_n)=\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n C(q^\top x_i;d_i).Rtrue​(q)=E(x,d)∼μ​[C(q⊤x;d)],R^(q;Sn​)=n1​i=1∑n​C(q⊤xi​;di​).

The regularized algorithm (NV-reg). For a parameter λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, the rule q^=q^(Sn)\hat q=\hat q(S_n)q^​=q^​(Sn​) minimizes

R^(q;Sn)+λ∥q∥22over q∈Rp.\hat R(q;S_n)+\lambda\|q\|_2^2\qquad\text{over } q\in\mathbb R^p .R^(q;Sn​)+λ∥q∥22​over q∈Rp.

The objective is strictly convex, so the minimizer is unique. Following Appendix B of the paper, the rules the algorithm outputs on samples from X×D\mathcal X\times\mathcal DX×D are assumed to map X\mathcal XX into D\mathcal DD (the paper's Q⊂DX\mathcal Q\subset\mathcal D^{\mathcal X}Q⊂DX): the learned order quantity is never negative and never exceeds the demand cap.

Uniform stability. An algorithm is uniformly stable with parameter αn\alpha_nαn​ if removing one observation from any sample changes the loss of its output at any test point by at most αn\alpha_nαn​ (Bousquet and Elisseeff's Definition 6, the paper's Definition 1).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 9)

For every δ∈(0,1)\delta\in(0,1)δ∈(0,1) and n≥1n\ge1n≥1, with probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ over SnS_nSn​,

∣Rtrue(q^)−R^(q^;Sn)∣≤(b∨h)2Xmax⁡2nλ+(2(b∨h)2Xmax⁡2λ+(b∨h)Dˉ)ln⁡(2/δ)2n.|R_{true}(\hat q)-\hat R(\hat q;S_n)|\le\frac{(b\vee h)^2X_{\max}^2}{n\lambda}+\Bigl(\frac{2(b\vee h)^2X_{\max}^2}{\lambda}+(b\vee h)\bar D\Bigr)\sqrt{\frac{\ln(2/\delta)}{2n}} .∣Rtrue​(q^​)−R^(q^​;Sn​)∣≤nλ(b∨h)2Xmax2​​+(λ2(b∨h)2Xmax2​​+(b∨h)Dˉ)2nln(2/δ)​​.

The dimension ppp appears nowhere in the bound.

Milestones, in the order of the proof (p. 32)

  1. Lemma 5 (p. 28). For q,d∈[0,Dˉ]q,d\in[0,\bar D]q,d∈[0,Dˉ], ∣C(q;d)∣≤(b∨h)Dˉ|C(q;d)|\le(b\vee h)\bar D∣C(q;d)∣≤(b∨h)Dˉ, and the bound is attained.
  2. Display (31) (p. 31). CCC is convex in its first argument and (b∨h)(b\vee h)(b∨h)-Lipschitz in it, i.e. (b∨h)(b\vee h)(b∨h)-admissible in the sense of Definition 2.
  3. Theorem 5 (p. 31), Bousquet and Elisseeff's Theorem 22: regularization in a reproducing kernel Hilbert space with a σ\sigmaσ-admissible loss and kernel bound κ2\kappa^2κ2 has uniform stability σ2κ2/(2λn)\sigma^2\kappa^2/(2\lambda n)σ2κ2/(2λn). This is an existing platform statement, referenced rather than restated.
  4. Theorem 4 (p. 30). (NV-reg) is uniformly stable with parameter αnr=(b∨h)2Xmax⁡2/(2nλ)\alpha_n^r=(b\vee h)^2X_{\max}^2/(2n\lambda)αnr​=(b∨h)2Xmax2​/(2nλ).
  5. Theorem 6 (p. 31). Any algorithm with uniform stability αn\alpha_nαn​ and loss in [0,M][0,M][0,M] satisfies, with probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ,
∣Rtrue(A,Sn)−R^(A,Sn)∣≤2αn+(4nαn+M)ln⁡(2/δ)2n.|R_{true}(A,S_n)-\hat R(A,S_n)|\le2\alpha_n+(4n\alpha_n+M)\sqrt{\frac{\ln(2/\delta)}{2n}} .∣Rtrue​(A,Sn​)−R^(A,Sn​)∣≤2αn​+(4nαn​+M)2nln(2/δ)​​.

Significance

The result. Theorem 2 bounds the generalization gap of the regularized feature-based newsvendor rule at rate O(1/n)O(1/\sqrt n)O(1/n​) with constants that depend on the costs, the demand cap, the feature radius and λ\lambdaλ, but not on the number of features. It gives a theoretical basis for regularizing when p/np/np/n is not small, and it indicates how to scale λ\lambdaλ with the feature radius. The companion bound for the unregularized rule (Theorem 1) grows linearly in ppp.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved in the paper, but its proof is short and relies on cited results: Theorem 5 and Theorem 6 are stated with references to Bousquet and Elisseeff and no proof of their own, and the paper's Theorem 6 is a two-sided variant of Bousquet and Elisseeff's Theorem 12 that is only sketched. None of these results has a machine-checked proof. A formalization produces a checked two-sided stability-to-generalization theorem for general algorithms (reusable for any stable learner), a checked stability bound for a regularized piecewise-linear loss, and the newsvendor bound itself, with the constants the proof actually supports.

Difficulty

The bound is not a uniform-convergence argument: the class of linear rules on Rp\mathbb R^pRp has complexity growing with ppp, so any bound that holds simultaneously for all rules in the class depends on ppp. The bound must exploit the specific rule produced by the algorithm. The two analytic steps that carry this are the stability of the regularized minimizer, which needs a strong-convexity comparison between the full and the leave-one-out objective, and a concentration inequality of bounded-differences type for a function of the whole sample whose differences are controlled only through stability.

The leave-one-out comparison is a known pitfall. If the leave-one-out problem is run literally on n−1n-1n−1 points it carries the weight 1/(n−1)1/(n-1)1/(n−1), and the comparison argument then gives twice the constant of Theorem 4. The stated constant holds for the leave-one-out objective that keeps the weight 1/n1/n1/n, which is the form of Theorem 5.

Formalization scope

Representation. Features are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin p), rules are vectors acting by the inner product, and data points live in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin p) × ℝ. The cost is the published newsboy loss with overage cost hhh and underage cost bbb; the empirical and true risks are the published empirical and generalization errors, and the (NV-reg) objective and its 1/n1/n1/n-weighted leave-one-out version are the published regularized objectives of Bousquet and Elisseeff. The regularizer is λ∥q∥22\lambda\|q\|_2^2λ∥q∥22​ (the display prints both λ∥q∥22\lambda\|q\|_2^2λ∥q∥22​ and λ∥q∥2\lambda\|q\|_2λ∥q∥2​; the text calls the problem a quadratic program). "With probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ" is stated as: the event on which the gap exceeds the bound has measure at most δ\deltaδ under the product measure μn\mu^nμn.

Standing assumptions and pinned hypotheses.

  1. b,h,λ>0b,h,\lambda>0b,h,λ>0, Xmax⁡,Dˉ≥0X_{\max},\bar D\ge0Xmax​,Dˉ≥0, n≥1n\ge1n≥1, δ∈(0,1)\delta\in(0,1)δ∈(0,1).
  2. μ\muμ is a probability measure giving full mass to X×[0,Dˉ]\mathcal X\times[0,\bar D]X×[0,Dˉ], with ∥x∥22≤Xmax⁡2\|x\|_2^2\le X_{\max}^2∥x∥22​≤Xmax2​ on X\mathcal XX (§3, p. 9; the page writes the ball as ∥x∥22≤Xmax⁡\|x\|_2^2\le X_{\max}∥x∥22​≤Xmax​, while Theorem 2's "Xmax⁡2X_{\max}^2Xmax2​ as the largest possible value of ∥x∥22\|x\|_2^2∥x∥22​" and Theorem 5's note fix the reading).
  3. The algorithm is any map Sn↦q^(Sn)S_n\mapsto\hat q(S_n)Sn​↦q^​(Sn​) whose value minimizes the (NV-reg) objective, measurable in SnS_nSn​ (Appendix B: "all functions are measurable").
  4. The range assumption of Appendix B: for samples from X×D\mathcal X\times\mathcal DX×D, q^⊤x∈[0,Dˉ]\hat q^\top x\in[0,\bar D]q^​⊤x∈[0,Dˉ] for x∈Xx\in\mathcal Xx∈X.
  5. The last constant is (b∨h)Dˉ(b\vee h)\bar D(b∨h)Dˉ, the loss bound MMM from Lemma 5 that the proof feeds into Theorem 6; display (6) prints Dˉ\bar DDˉ there.
  6. The convention that all sets are countable, and the intercept convention x1=1x^1=1x1=1, are not imposed.

Trivializing formalization ruled out. The range assumption is quantified only over feature vectors in X\mathcal XX and over samples drawn from X×D\mathcal X\times\mathcal DX×D; stated over the whole ball ∥x∥2≤Xmax⁡\|x\|_2\le X_{\max}∥x∥2​≤Xmax​, it would force q^=0\hat q=0q^​=0 (both q^⊤x\hat q^\top xq^​⊤x and q^⊤(−x)\hat q^\top(-x)q^​⊤(−x) would lie in [0,Dˉ][0,\bar D][0,Dˉ]) and the goal would be nearly empty.

What is needed and reusable. McDiarmid's two-sided bounded-differences inequality under product measures; integrability of bounded measurable losses; existence and properties of minimizers of strongly convex objectives on Rp\mathbb R^pRp; the comparison argument behind Theorem 5. Theorem 6 is stated for an arbitrary data space and hypothesis space and is reusable for any uniformly stable algorithm. Contributions to the Theorem 5 reference and to McDiarmid's inequality benefit other missions as well.

Selected references

  • C. Rudin and G.-Y. Vahn, The Big Data Newsvendor: Practical Insights from Machine Learning, MIT Sloan School Working Paper 5036-13, version of February 6, 2014 (MIT DSpace). The version formalized here.
  • G.-Y. Ban and C. Rudin, The Big Data Newsvendor: Practical Insights from Machine Learning, Operations Research 67(1):90–108, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2018.1757
  • O. Bousquet and A. Elisseeff, Stability and Generalization, Journal of Machine Learning Research 2:499–526, 2002. https://jmlr.org/papers/v2/bousquet02a.html
  • C. McDiarmid, On the method of bounded differences, Surveys in Combinatorics, London Math. Soc. Lecture Note Series 141, 148–188, 1989. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781107359949.008
13 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
OptimizationProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Variance-based Regularization with Convex Objectives III: Localized-Rademacher Risk Bounds for the Robust MinimizerResearch Paper

Why variance-regularized risk bounds

In statistical learning, one picks a function fff from a class F\mathcal FF to make the population risk E[f]\mathbb E[f]E[f] small, with access only to an i.i.d. sample x1,…,xnx_1,\dots,x_nx1​,…,xn​ from an unknown distribution PPP. Empirical risk minimization replaces E[f]\mathbb E[f]E[f] by the empirical mean EP^n[f]\mathbb E_{\widehat P_n}[f]EPn​​[f], and its classical guarantees decay like 1/n1/\sqrt n1/n​ regardless of how concentrated fff is. Bernstein-type inequalities show that the deviation of EP^n[f]\mathbb E_{\widehat P_n}[f]EPn​​[f] from E[f]\mathbb E[f]E[f] scales with the standard deviation of fff, so a procedure that minimizes "empirical risk plus a standard-deviation penalty" can, in principle, achieve faster rates when the variance at the optimum is small (Maurer and Pontil, 2009). The penalized objective is non-convex even when every fff is convex in its parameters, which makes it hard to optimize.

J. C. Duchi and H. Namkoong (arXiv:1610.02581v3, 2017) replace the penalty by a distributionally robust objective: the worst-case risk over all reweightings of the sample within a χ2\chi^2χ2-divergence ball. This objective is convex whenever the losses are, and (Theorem 1 of the paper) it equals the empirical mean plus a standard-deviation penalty up to an error of order 1/n1/n1/n. This mission formalizes the paper's guarantee for the minimizer of that robust objective in terms of localized Rademacher complexities (Section 3.2, Theorem 4), the sharpest of the paper's three generalization analyses. It is the third of four missions on the paper.

Setting

Let PPP be a probability measure on a measurable space X\mathcal XX and x1,…,xnx_1,\dots,x_nx1​,…,xn​, n≥1n\ge1n≥1, an i.i.d. sample from PPP with empirical distribution P^n\widehat P_nPn​. Let M≥1M\ge1M≥1 and let F\mathcal FF be a collection of measurable functions f:X→[0,M]f:\mathcal X\to[0,M]f:X→[0,M] (losses).

  • The χ2\chi^2χ2 ball of radius ρ≥0\rho\ge0ρ≥0 is the set Pn\mathcal P_nPn​ of weight vectors p∈Rnp\in\mathbb R^np∈Rn with pi≥0p_i\ge0pi​≥0, ∑ipi=1\sum_ip_i=1∑i​pi​=1 and 12∑i(npi−1)2≤ρ\frac12\sum_i(np_i-1)^2\le\rho21​∑i​(npi​−1)2≤ρ; equivalently, the distributions PPP on the sample with Dϕ(P∥P^n)≤ρ/nD_\phi(P\|\widehat P_n)\le\rho/nDϕ​(P∥Pn​)≤ρ/n for ϕ(t)=12(t−1)2\phi(t)=\frac12(t-1)^2ϕ(t)=21​(t−1)2.
  • The robust risk of fff is sup⁡P: Dϕ(P∥P^n)≤ρ/nEP[f]=sup⁡p∈Pn∑ipif(xi)\sup_{P:\,D_\phi(P\|\widehat P_n)\le\rho/n}\mathbb E_P[f]=\sup_{p\in\mathcal P_n}\sum_ip_if(x_i)supP:Dϕ​(P∥Pn​)≤ρ/n​EP​[f]=supp∈Pn​​∑i​pi​f(xi​), and a robust minimizer f^\widehat ff​ minimizes it over F\mathcal FF.
  • The empirical Rademacher complexity is Rn(F)=Eε[sup⁡f∈F1n∑iεif(xi)]\mathfrak R_n(\mathcal F)=\mathbb E_\varepsilon\big[\sup_{f\in\mathcal F}\frac1n\sum_i\varepsilon_if(x_i)\big]Rn​(F)=Eε​[supf∈F​n1​∑i​εi​f(xi​)] with i.i.d. uniform signs εi∈{−1,1}\varepsilon_i\in\{-1,1\}εi​∈{−1,1}, and E[Rn(F)]\mathbb E[\mathfrak R_n(\mathcal F)]E[Rn​(F)] averages it over the sample.
  • A function ψ:R+→R+\psi:\mathbb R_+\to\mathbb R_+ψ:R+​→R+​ is sub-root if it is nonnegative, nondecreasing, and r↦ψ(r)/rr\mapsto\psi(r)/\sqrt rr↦ψ(r)/r​ is nonincreasing on r>0r>0r>0.
  • The localization inequality (20) asks that, for all r≥0r\ge0r≥0,
ψn(r) ≥ E[Rn({cf:f∈F, c∈[0,1], E[c2f2]≤r})],\psi_n(r)\ \ge\ \mathbb E\big[\mathfrak R_n(\{cf : f\in\mathcal F,\ c\in[0,1],\ \mathbb E[c^2f^2]\le r\})\big],ψn​(r) ≥ E[Rn​({cf:f∈F, c∈[0,1], E[c2f2]≤r})],

with ψn\psi_nψn​ sub-root, and rn⋆>0r_n^\star>0rn⋆​>0 is a point with rn⋆≥ψn(rn⋆)r_n^\star\ge\psi_n(r_n^\star)rn⋆​≥ψn​(rn⋆​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4, inequality (23), as its proof establishes it

Let 0<t<n0<t<n0<t<n and let ρ\rhoρ satisfy (21): ρn≥8(45Mn(t+log⁡⌈log⁡nt⌉)+18rn⋆)\frac\rho n\ge8\big(\frac{45M}n\big(t+\log\lceil\log\frac nt\rceil\big)+18r_n^\star\big)nρ​≥8(n45M​(t+log⌈logtn​⌉)+18rn⋆​). With probability at least 1−4e−t1-4e^{-t}1−4e−t, every robust minimizer f^\widehat ff​ satisfies

E[f^] ≤ (1+22ρn)inf⁡f∈F(E[f]+182ρ45nVar(f))+(14+62ρn)M(3ρ+t)n.\mathbb E[\widehat f]\ \le\ \Big(1+2\sqrt{\tfrac{2\rho}n}\Big)\inf_{f\in\mathcal F}\Big(\mathbb E[f]+\sqrt{\tfrac{182\rho}{45n}\mathrm{Var}(f)}\Big)+\Big(14+6\sqrt{\tfrac{2\rho}n}\Big)\frac{M(3\rho+t)}n .E[f​] ≤ (1+2n2ρ​​)f∈Finf​(E[f]+45n182ρ​Var(f)​)+(14+6n2ρ​​)nM(3ρ+t)​.

Milestones

In attack order: Bousquet's form of Talagrand's inequality (Lemma B.2); the elementary root bound (Lemma D.4); the contraction principle (Lemma D.5, a published theorem); the uniform Bernstein inequality with Rademacher complexity (Lemma D.1); its localized version in terms of rn⋆r_n^\starrn⋆​ (Lemma D.2); localized second-moment bounds (Lemma D.3); the deterministic expansion (10) of Theorem 1,

(2ρnsn2−2Mρn)+≤sup⁡PEP[Z]−EP^n[Z]≤2ρnsn2;\Big(\sqrt{\tfrac{2\rho}n s_n^2}-\tfrac{2M\rho}n\Big)_+\le\sup_{P}\mathbb E_P[Z]-\mathbb E_{\widehat P_n}[Z]\le\sqrt{\tfrac{2\rho}ns_n^2};(n2ρ​sn2​​−n2Mρ​)+​≤Psup​EP​[Z]−EPn​​[Z]≤n2ρ​sn2​​;

and the uniform bound (22): with probability at least 1−2e−t1-2e^{-t}1−2e−t, for all f∈Ff\in\mathcal Ff∈F,

E[f]≤(1+22ρn)sup⁡P: Dϕ(P∥P^n)≤ρ/nEP[f]+(13+42ρn)Mρn.\mathbb E[f]\le\Big(1+2\sqrt{\tfrac{2\rho}n}\Big)\sup_{P:\,D_\phi(P\|\widehat P_n)\le\rho/n}\mathbb E_P[f]+\Big(13+4\sqrt{\tfrac{2\rho}n}\Big)\frac{M\rho}n .E[f]≤(1+2n2ρ​​)P:Dϕ​(P∥Pn​)≤ρ/nsup​EP​[f]+(13+4n2ρ​​)nMρ​.

Significance

The bound (23) says that the robust minimizer competes with the best trade-off between risk and standard deviation in the class, and that the complexity of the class enters only through the fixed point rn⋆r_n^\starrn⋆​ of a localized complexity bound. For bounded VC classes rn⋆r_n^\starrn⋆​ is of order dlog⁡(n/d)n\frac{d\log(n/d)}nndlog(n/d)​ (Bartlett, Bousquet and Mendelson, 2005, Corollary 3.7), so when the optimal function has small variance the excess risk is of order ρ/n\rho/nρ/n, faster than the 1/n1/\sqrt n1/n​ of uniform covering arguments; and localized complexities apply to classes, such as balls of reproducing kernel Hilbert spaces, whose covering numbers are too large for the covering-number analysis of the paper's Theorem 3 (mission II of this series).

The paper's result is proved, not open. No part of it, and none of the localized-complexity machinery of Bartlett, Bousquet and Mendelson, is formalized in Lean or Mathlib to our knowledge. The mission produces a checked version of the theorem with every constant explicit and, along the way, the localization lemmas D.1–D.3, which are reusable for any localized-complexity analysis. Reading the proof also exposed three arithmetic slips in the printed statements; the mission states what the proof establishes (see Formalization scope).

Difficulty

The obvious route applies a uniform concentration inequality to F\mathcal FF and then a Bernstein bound to each fff. Talagrand's inequality applied to the whole class gives a deviation governed by the largest variance in the class and by the global complexity E[Rn(F)]\mathbb E[\mathfrak R_n(\mathcal F)]E[Rn​(F)], which yields only 1/n1/\sqrt n1/n​ rates. Obtaining a deviation that scales with each function's own second moment requires peeling the class into shells of comparable second moment and a fixed-point argument on the sub-root bound, with a union bound whose cost appears as log⁡⌈log⁡nt⌉\log\lceil\log\frac nt\rceillog⌈logtn​⌉. The two directions of the localized inequalities (population to sample, and sample to population for second moments) must then be combined with the deterministic expansion (10) while keeping the constants explicit. A further subtlety is the self-normalized rescaling f↦r/(E[f2]∨r) ff\mapsto\sqrt{r/(\mathbb E[f^2]\vee r)}\,ff↦r/(E[f2]∨r)​f, which differs from the variance normalization of Bartlett et al. and is what makes the bound compatible with the robust objective.

Formalization scope

Lean conventions. The sample is the coordinate map of the product measure PnP^nPn on Fin n → X. Distributions on the sample are weight vectors in the χ2\chi^2χ2 ball; the robust risk is the real supremum over that ball (attained, since the ball is nonempty and compact for n≥1n\ge1n≥1, ρ≥0\rho\ge0ρ≥0). Population means and variances are ∫ x, f x ∂P and ProbabilityTheory.variance f P for measurable bounded fff; empirical means and variances are normalized by 1/n1/n1/n. The empirical Rademacher complexity is the published UnderstandingML_Rademacher definition evaluated on {(f(x1),…,f(xn))}\{(f(x_1),\dots,f(x_n))\}{(f(x1​),…,f(xn​))}. Its expectation is a Bochner integral, and every hypothesis that bounds it also asserts that the integrand is integrable: otherwise the integral is 000, (20) would hold for free, and the theorem would be false. Probability bounds are stated for the failure event under PnP^nPn (an outer measure when the event is not measurable). The goal speaks about every minimizer of the robust risk, so it is not vacuous when the set of minimizers is empty. The condition rn⋆>0r_n^\star>0rn⋆​>0 is part of the page's "root" (and the proof divides by rn⋆\sqrt{r_n^\star}rn⋆​​); with rn⋆=0r_n^\star=0rn⋆​=0 allowed, ψ(r)=r\psi(r)=\sqrt rψ(r)=r​ would remove the complexity term from (21). The condition t<nt<nt<n makes log⁡⌈log⁡nt⌉\log\lceil\log\frac nt\rceillog⌈logtn​⌉ defined.

Corrections of printed statements, each recorded in the item's docstring and Formalization Note (the milestone texts stay verbatim):

  • (22) is stated with probability 1−2e−t1-2e^{-t}1−2e−t; the paper prints 1−e−t1-e^{-t}1−e−t, and its proof (p. 41) concludes 1−2e−t1-2e^{-t}1−2e−t.
  • (23) is stated with probability 1−4e−t1-4e^{-t}1−4e−t (printed 1−3e−t1-3e^{-t}1−3e−t; the proof adds two fixed-fff events to the two of (22)) and with 182ρ45n\frac{182\rho}{45n}45n182ρ​ (printed 91ρ45n\frac{91\rho}{45n}45n91ρ​; the proof's step ρ+t≤91ρ/45\sqrt\rho+\sqrt t\le\sqrt{91\rho/45}ρ​+t​≤91ρ/45​ multiplies 2Var(f)/n\sqrt{2\mathrm{Var}(f)/n}2Var(f)/n​).
  • Lemma D.3 is stated with the additive term 72M2(1+η)rn⋆+(4(1+η)+143)M2tn72M^2(1+\eta)r_n^\star+(4(1+\eta)+\frac{14}3)\frac{M^2t}n72M2(1+η)rn⋆​+(4(1+η)+314​)nM2t​ and, in the reversed direction, the coefficient 1+11+η1+\frac1{1+\eta}1+1+η1​, as its proof yields (printed: Mtn(4+73M)\frac{Mt}n(4+\frac73M)nMt​(4+37​M) and 1+η1+η1+\frac\eta{1+\eta}1+1+ηη​), under Theorem 4's standing hypothesis M≥1M\ge1M≥1.
  • Lemma D.5 is linked to the published contraction lemma UnderstandingML.contraction_lemma, which states it at a fixed sample for nonempty bounded classes and allows a different Lipschitz map per coordinate.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones in any order; Lemma B.2 (Bousquet's inequality) is the deepest single ingredient and is reusable well beyond this mission, as are the peeling Lemma D.1 and the sub-root fixed-point Lemma D.2.

Selected references

  • J. C. Duchi and H. Namkoong, Variance-based regularization with convex objectives, arXiv:1610.02581v3, 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1610.02581
  • P. L. Bartlett, O. Bousquet and S. Mendelson, Local Rademacher complexities, Annals of Statistics 33(4), 2005. https://doi.org/10.1214/009053605000000282
  • O. Bousquet, A Bennett concentration inequality and its application to suprema of empirical processes, Comptes Rendus Mathématique 334(6), 2002. https://doi.org/10.1016/S1631-073X(02)02292-6
  • A. Maurer and M. Pontil, Empirical Bernstein bounds and sample variance penalization, COLT 2009. https://arxiv.org/abs/0907.3740
  • M. Ledoux and M. Talagrand, Probability in Banach Spaces, Springer, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-20212-4
14 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Bandit AlgorithmsOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Analysis of Thompson Sampling for the Multi-armed Bandit Problem 2: Logarithmic Regret for N ArmsResearch Paper

Motivation

Thompson Sampling is the oldest heuristic for the multi-armed bandit problem: proposed by Thompson in 1933, it plays each arm with the posterior probability that the arm is the best one. It is simple to implement, performs well empirically (Chapelle and Li, NIPS 2011), and has been used in production systems such as click-through-rate prediction for search advertising. For a long time, however, no finite-time regret guarantee was known for it: the analyses available before 2012 gave only o(T)o(T)o(T) regret.

Agrawal and Goyal (arXiv:1111.1797, COLT 2012) gave the first logarithmic bounds on the expected regret of Thompson Sampling. This mission formalizes their bound for the general case of NNN arms (their Theorem 2). A companion mission of the same series formalizes their two-armed bound (Theorem 1), whose proof is independent.

Timeline. Lai and Robbins (1985) proved that every consistent algorithm has regret at least of order ∑iΔiD(μi∥μ1)ln⁡T\sum_i \frac{\Delta_i}{D(\mu_i\|\mu_1)}\ln T∑i​D(μi​∥μ1​)Δi​​lnT. Auer, Cesa-Bianchi and Fischer (2002) showed that UCB1 achieves O(∑iln⁡T/Δi)O(\sum_i \ln T/\Delta_i)O(∑i​lnT/Δi​) in finite time. Agrawal and Goyal (2012) proved O((∑a1/Δa2)2ln⁡T)O((\sum_a 1/\Delta_a^2)^2\ln T)O((∑a​1/Δa2​)2lnT) for Thompson Sampling with NNN arms; Kaufmann, Korda and Munos (2012) and Agrawal and Goyal (2013) later proved the asymptotically optimal constant for Bernoulli rewards.

Setting

A stochastic NNN-armed bandit has arms 1,…,N1,\dots,N1,…,N. Arm iii, when played, yields a random reward drawn from a fixed distribution νi\nu_iνi​ supported in [0,1][0,1][0,1], with mean μi\mu_iμi​; rewards of an arm are i.i.d. and independent of the other arms. Arm 111 is assumed to be the unique optimal arm, μ1>μi\mu_1>\mu_iμ1​>μi​ for i≠1i\ne1i=1, and Δi=μ1−μi>0\Delta_i=\mu_1-\mu_i>0Δi​=μ1​−μi​>0 is the gap of arm iii.

Thompson Sampling for general stochastic bandits (Algorithm 2 of the paper) keeps, for each arm iii, a count SiS_iSi​ of successes and FiF_iFi​ of failures, both starting at 000. In each round ttt it draws θi(t)∼Beta(Si+1,Fi+1)\theta_i(t)\sim\mathrm{Beta}(S_i+1,F_i+1)θi​(t)∼Beta(Si​+1,Fi​+1) independently for every arm, plays i(t)=arg⁡max⁡iθi(t)i(t)=\arg\max_i\theta_i(t)i(t)=argmaxi​θi​(t), observes a reward r~t∼νi(t)\tilde r_t\sim\nu_{i(t)}r~t​∼νi(t)​, performs a Bernoulli trial with success probability r~t\tilde r_tr~t​, and increments Si(t)S_{i(t)}Si(t)​ on success and Fi(t)F_{i(t)}Fi(t)​ on failure.

The expected regret in time TTT is

E[R(T)]=E[∑t=1T(μ∗−μi(t))],μ∗=max⁡iμi,\mathbb E[\mathcal R(T)]=\mathbb E\Big[\sum_{t=1}^T(\mu^*-\mu_{i(t)})\Big],\qquad \mu^*=\max_i\mu_i,E[R(T)]=E[t=1∑T​(μ∗−μi(t)​)],μ∗=imax​μi​,

the expectation being over the rewards, the Bernoulli trials and the posterior samples.

The proof works with the reward stacks Zi,mZ_{i,m}Zi,m​: the outcome of the mmm-th Bernoulli trial of arm iii, all independent. Then s(j)=∑m≤jZ1,ms(j)=\sum_{m\le j}Z_{1,m}s(j)=∑m≤j​Z1,m​, the number of successes in the first jjj plays of arm 111, is a Binomial(j,μ1)\mathrm{Binomial}(j,\mu_1)Binomial(j,μ1​) random variable. The other objects of the proof are the threshold Li=24ln⁡T/Δi2L_i=24\ln T/\Delta_i^2Li​=24lnT/Δi2​, the saturated set C(t)C(t)C(t) of suboptimal arms with at least LiL_iLi​ plays before round ttt, the intervals IjI_jIj​ between the jjj-th and (j+1)(j+1)(j+1)-th plays of arm 111, and the counts γj\gamma_jγj​ and Vjℓ,aV_j^{\ell,a}Vjℓ,a​ defined in §4.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2

There is an absolute constant C>0C>0C>0 such that for every N≥2N\ge2N≥2, every instance as above and every horizon T≥2T\ge2T≥2,

E[R(T)]≤C(∑a=2N1Δa2)2ln⁡T.\mathbb E[\mathcal R(T)]\le C\Big(\sum_{a=2}^N\frac{1}{\Delta_a^2}\Big)^2\ln T .E[R(T)]≤C(a=2∑N​Δa2​1​)2lnT.

CCC does not depend on NNN, on the reward distributions or on TTT.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 4: with E(t)E(t)E(t) the event that every saturated arm's sample lies within Δi/2\Delta_i/2Δi​/2 of its mean, Pr⁡(E(t))≥1−4(N−1)/T2\Pr(E(t))\ge1-4(N-1)/T^2Pr(E(t))≥1−4(N−1)/T2, also conditionally on s(j)=ss(j)=ss(j)=s.
  2. Lemma 5 (Eq. (7)): the expected regret from saturated arms inside IjI_jIj​ is at most E[E[γj+1∣s(j)]∑aΔaE[min⁡{X(j,s(j),μa+Δa/2),T}∣s(j)]]\mathbb E\big[\mathbb E[\gamma_j+1\mid s(j)]\sum_a\Delta_a\mathbb E[\min\{X(j,s(j),\mu_a+\Delta_a/2),T\}\mid s(j)]\big]E[E[γj​+1∣s(j)]∑a​Δa​E[min{X(j,s(j),μa​+Δa​/2),T}∣s(j)]].
  3. Lemma 1: E[X(j,s,y)]=1/Fj+1,yB(s)−1\mathbb E[X(j,s,y)]=1/F^B_{j+1,y}(s)-1E[X(j,s,y)]=1/Fj+1,yB​(s)−1, where X(j,s,y)X(j,s,y)X(j,s,y) counts the trials before an independent Beta(s+1,j−s+1)\mathrm{Beta}(s+1,j-s+1)Beta(s+1,j−s+1) sample exceeds yyy.
  4. Lemma 3: a three-case bound on E[E[min⁡{X(j,s(j),y),T}∣s(j)]]\mathbb E[\mathbb E[\min\{X(j,s(j),y),T\}\mid s(j)]]E[E[min{X(j,s(j),y),T}∣s(j)]] in terms of the Bernoulli KL divergence DDD between yyy and μ1\mu_1μ1​.

Significance

The result. Theorem 2 shows that Thompson Sampling, a randomized Bayesian heuristic, achieves regret logarithmic in the horizon for any number of arms with bounded rewards, matching the order in TTT of the Lai–Robbins lower bound. Its dependence on the gaps, (∑aΔa−2)2(\sum_a\Delta_a^{-2})^2(∑a​Δa−2​)2, is worse than UCB1's; the paper's own Remark 1 and later work improve it. The proof introduced the device of bounding the waiting time between plays of the optimal arm through geometric variables with Beta-cdf parameters (Lemmas 1 and 3), which reappears in later analyses of Thompson Sampling.

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved on paper; it has not been machine-checked. Bandit theory in Lean (bandit environments, regret, UCB-type analyses) is still young, and no Beta–Bernoulli Thompson Sampling result is formalized. The mission produces a Lean model of Algorithm 2 for general [0,1][0,1][0,1] rewards with the paper's stack coupling, the §4 bookkeeping of saturated arms and intervals, and the paper's lemmas as separate targets.

Difficulty

Two difficulties are specific to the NNN-armed analysis. First, the arm that competes with arm 111 changes over time: the set of saturated arms grows, and which saturated arm is "best" depends on the history, so the waiting time between plays of arm 111 cannot be compared with a single geometric variable as in the two-armed case. Second, the number γj\gamma_jγj​ of rounds at which arm 111's sample is large but arm 111 is not played is not independent of the counts Vjℓ,aV_j^{\ell,a}Vjℓ,a​: both depend on the same posterior samples, and Lemma 5 needs a careful conditioning on the history to separate them. The obvious union bound over arms, treating each suboptimal arm as in the two-armed proof, fails because it ignores the interruptions by unsaturated arms, whose number is the source of the squared sum in the bound.

Formalization scope

  • Probability space. Algorithm 2 is realized on a product of three independent i.i.d. tables: Beta draws indexed by (arm, round, successes, failures), rewards indexed by (arm, round) and uniform variables indexed by (arm, round); the Bernoulli trial of a round succeeds when the played arm's uniform variable is below its reward. The law of the run is that of Algorithm 2, which runs for every round t=1,2,…t=1,2,\dotst=1,2,…. s(j)s(j)s(j) is the number of successful trials among the first jjj plays of arm 111 in this infinite run (possibly after the horizon TTT), so it is a Binomial(j,μ1)\mathrm{Binomial}(j,\mu_1)Binomial(j,μ1​) random variable for every jjj, as the paper's independent Z1,mZ_{1,m}Z1,m​ make it. Ties in the arg max (probability 000) go to the smallest index.
  • Indexing. Arms are Fin N, and Lean arm 0 is the paper's arm 111. Rounds are 0,…,T−10,\dots,T-10,…,T−1; Lean round ttt is the paper's round t+1t+1t+1. Sums over a=2,…,Na=2,\dots,Na=2,…,N are sums over a≠0a\ne0a=0.
  • Expectations are lower Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], which has no junk value for non-integrable functions. Conditional expectations given s(j)s(j)s(j) are written as finite sums over the values of s(j)s(j)s(j).
  • The O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅). The paper writes O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) in the sense of its footnote 1 (f(n)≤c g(n)f(n)\le c\,g(n)f(n)≤cg(n) for n≥n0n\ge n_0n≥n0​). The goal states it with one universal constant CCC, quantified before NNN, the instance and TTT, for every T≥2T\ge2T≥2. The explicit constants printed in App. D are not formalized: expanding the paper's Eq. (21) gives terms 288(N−1)(ln⁡T)∑aΔa−2288(N-1)(\ln T)\sum_a\Delta_a^{-2}288(N−1)(lnT)∑a​Δa−2​ and 48(N−1)248(N-1)^248(N−1)2 where the paper prints 288(ln⁡T)∑iΔi−2288(\ln T)\sum_i\Delta_i^{-2}288(lnT)∑i​Δi−2​, and Eq. (22) drops a factor ln⁡T\ln TlnT in its 192/Δa2192/\Delta_a^2192/Δa2​ term. The O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) claim does not depend on these slips; a statement pinned to the printed numerals might be false.
  • Ruled out. A constant depending on NNN, on the means or on TTT; a fixed number of arms; Bernoulli rewards only; or any algorithm other than Algorithm 2 would each make the goal a different and weaker theorem. The statement quantifies over all N≥2N\ge2N≥2 and all reward distributions on [0,1][0,1][0,1].
  • Not included. Eq. (8), the bound ∑jE[γj∣s(j)]≤∑uLu+4(N−1)\sum_{j}\mathbb E[\gamma_j\mid s(j)]\le\sum_uL_u+4(N-1)∑j​E[γj​∣s(j)]≤∑u​Lu​+4(N−1) "for all instantiations", is not a milestone: each term is conditioned on a different s(j)s(j)s(j), and the pointwise reading does not follow from the argument given. Remark 1 (an alternate bound) and App. A (several optimal arms) are not part of this mission.
  • Contributions welcome: Beta–Binomial identities, geometric waiting times, Hoeffding bounds for binomial cdfs, and the stopping-time arguments behind Lemma 5. Lemma 1 and Lemma 3 are shared with the two-armed mission of this series.

Selected references

  • S. Agrawal and N. Goyal, Analysis of Thompson Sampling for the Multi-armed Bandit Problem, COLT 2012; arXiv:1111.1797v3, 2012. https://arxiv.org/abs/1111.1797
  • W. R. Thompson, On the likelihood that one unknown probability exceeds another in view of the evidence of two samples, Biometrika 25, 1933. https://doi.org/10.1093/biomet/25.3-4.285
  • T. L. Lai and H. Robbins, Asymptotically efficient adaptive allocation rules, Advances in Applied Mathematics 6, 1985. https://doi.org/10.1016/0196-8858(85)90002-8
  • P. Auer, N. Cesa-Bianchi and P. Fischer, Finite-time analysis of the multiarmed bandit problem, Machine Learning 47, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1013689704352
  • O. Chapelle and L. Li, An empirical evaluation of Thompson Sampling, NIPS 2011. https://papers.nips.cc/paper/4321-an-empirical-evaluation-of-thompson-sampling
  • E. Kaufmann, N. Korda and R. Munos, Thompson Sampling: an asymptotically optimal finite-time analysis, ALT 2012. https://arxiv.org/abs/1205.4217
  • S. Agrawal and N. Goyal, Further optimal regret bounds for Thompson Sampling, AISTATS 2013. https://arxiv.org/abs/1209.3353
11 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear algebraOptimizationReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Reinforcement Learning: An Introduction X: Off-policy Divergence and the Gradient of the Projected Bellman ErrorTextbook

Motivation

Off-policy learning estimates the value function of a target policy π\piπ from data generated by a different behavior policy bbb. It is how an agent learns about a greedy policy while exploring, and how many policies can be evaluated from one stream of experience. Combined with linear function approximation and bootstrapping (updating an estimate toward other estimates, as temporal-difference methods do), off-policy learning can be unstable: the weights can diverge even when every quantity involved is well defined. Sutton and Barto call this combination the deadly triad (Chapter 11 of Reinforcement Learning: An Introduction, 2nd ed., 2018).

Chapter 11 does two things. It exhibits the instability with small, fully computable examples, and it identifies an objective that can be minimized stably from off-policy data: the mean square projected Bellman error (PBE), whose gradient the Gradient-TD methods (GTD2, TDC) follow in expectation. This mission formalizes the chapter's exact, finite-dimensional claims.

A short history, following the book's bibliographical remarks (pp. 285–286): Baird (1995) gave the seven-state counterexample for off-policy semi-gradient TD; Tsitsiklis and Van Roy (1996) gave the earliest w-to-2w example and the counterexample of Example 11.1, showing that even a least-squares fit at every step can diverge; Gradient-TD methods, which follow the gradient of the PBE, were introduced by Sutton, Szepesvári and Maei and by Sutton et al. (2009); Sutton, Mahmood and White (2016) introduced Emphatic-TD. The learnability discussion of §11.6 is the book's own.

Setting

A finite Markov decision process has states S\mathcal SS, actions A\mathcal AA, a finite reward set R\mathcal RR and dynamics p(s′,r∣s,a)p(s',r\mid s,a)p(s′,r∣s,a). A policy π(a∣s)\pi(a\mid s)π(a∣s) induces the transition matrix Pπ(s,s′)=∑aπ(a∣s) p(s′∣s,a)P_\pi(s,s') = \sum_a \pi(a\mid s)\,p(s'\mid s,a)Pπ​(s,s′)=∑a​π(a∣s)p(s′∣s,a) and expected reward rπ(s)r_\pi(s)rπ​(s). For 0≤γ<10\le\gamma<10≤γ<1 the true value function is the expected discounted return vπ(s)=∑k≥0γk(Pπkrπ)(s)v_\pi(s) = \sum_{k\ge0}\gamma^k (P_\pi^k r_\pi)(s)vπ​(s)=∑k≥0​γk(Pπk​rπ​)(s).

A state weighting μ\muμ is a probability distribution on S\mathcal SS, with D=diag⁡(μ)\mathbf D = \operatorname{diag}(\mu)D=diag(μ) and norm ∥v∥μ2=∑sμ(s)v(s)2\|v\|_\mu^2 = \sum_s \mu(s)v(s)^2∥v∥μ2​=∑s​μ(s)v(s)2. The ∣S∣×d|\mathcal S|\times d∣S∣×d matrix X\mathbf XX has the feature vectors x(s)⊤\mathbf x(s)^\topx(s)⊤ as rows, and a weight vector w∈Rd\mathbf w\in\mathbb R^dw∈Rd gives the linear value function vw=Xwv_{\mathbf w} = \mathbf X\mathbf wvw​=Xw. The Bellman operator is

(Bπv)(s)=∑aπ(a∣s)∑s′,rp(s′,r∣s,a) [r+γv(s′)].(B_\pi v)(s) = \sum_a \pi(a\mid s)\sum_{s',r} p(s',r\mid s,a)\,[r+\gamma v(s')].(Bπ​v)(s)=a∑​π(a∣s)s′,r∑​p(s′,r∣s,a)[r+γv(s′)].

The Bellman error vector is δˉw=Bπvw−vw\bar\delta_{\mathbf w} = B_\pi v_{\mathbf w} - v_{\mathbf w}δˉw​=Bπ​vw​−vw​, the projection is Π=X(X⊤DX)−1X⊤D\Pi = \mathbf X(\mathbf X^\top\mathbf D\mathbf X)^{-1}\mathbf X^\top\mathbf DΠ=X(X⊤DX)−1X⊤D, and the two objectives are

BE(w)=∥δˉw∥μ2,PBE(w)=∥Πδˉw∥μ2.\mathrm{BE}(\mathbf w) = \|\bar\delta_{\mathbf w}\|_\mu^2,\qquad \mathrm{PBE}(\mathbf w) = \|\Pi\bar\delta_{\mathbf w}\|_\mu^2 .BE(w)=∥δˉw​∥μ2​,PBE(w)=∥Πδˉw​∥μ2​.

Off-policy samples are reweighted by the importance-sampling ratio ρt=π(At∣St)/b(At∣St)\rho_t = \pi(A_t\mid S_t)/b(A_t\mid S_t)ρt​=π(At​∣St​)/b(At​∣St​).

Formalization targets

Goal: the gradient of the PBE

If X⊤DX\mathbf X^\top\mathbf D\mathbf XX⊤DX is invertible, then for every w\mathbf ww

PBE(w)=(X⊤Dδˉw)⊤(X⊤DX)−1(X⊤Dδˉw),\mathrm{PBE}(\mathbf w) = (\mathbf X^\top\mathbf D\bar\delta_{\mathbf w})^\top(\mathbf X^\top\mathbf D\mathbf X)^{-1}(\mathbf X^\top\mathbf D\bar\delta_{\mathbf w}),PBE(w)=(X⊤Dδˉw​)⊤(X⊤DX)−1(X⊤Dδˉw​), ∇PBE(w)=2 (γPπX−X)⊤DX (X⊤DX)−1 X⊤Dδˉw.\nabla\mathrm{PBE}(\mathbf w) = 2\,(\gamma P_\pi\mathbf X-\mathbf X)^\top\mathbf D\mathbf X\,(\mathbf X^\top\mathbf D\mathbf X)^{-1}\,\mathbf X^\top\mathbf D\bar\delta_{\mathbf w}.∇PBE(w)=2(γPπ​X−X)⊤DX(X⊤DX)−1X⊤Dδˉw​.

With μ\muμ the state distribution under bbb this is (11.27), ∇PBE(w)=2 E[ρt(γxt+1−xt)xt⊤] E[xtxt⊤]−1 E[ρtδtxt]\nabla\mathrm{PBE}(\mathbf w) = 2\,\mathbb E[\rho_t(\gamma\mathbf x_{t+1}-\mathbf x_t)\mathbf x_t^\top]\,\mathbb E[\mathbf x_t\mathbf x_t^\top]^{-1}\,\mathbb E[\rho_t\delta_t\mathbf x_t]∇PBE(w)=2E[ρt​(γxt+1​−xt​)xt⊤​]E[xt​xt⊤​]−1E[ρt​δt​xt​].

Milestones, in attack order

  1. The w-to-2w example (p. 260): repeated off-policy semi-gradient TD(0) on one transition multiplies www by 1+α(2γ−1)1+\alpha(2\gamma-1)1+α(2γ−1), so wt→±∞w_t\to\pm\inftywt​→±∞ for every α>0\alpha>0α>0 once γ>12\gamma>\tfrac12γ>21​.
  2. Example 11.1, (11.10) (p. 263): the least-squares iteration wk+1=6−4ε5γwkw_{k+1} = \tfrac{6-4\varepsilon}{5}\gamma w_kwk+1​=56−4ε​γwk​ diverges when γ>5/(6−4ε)\gamma>5/(6-4\varepsilon)γ>5/(6−4ε) and w0≠0w_0\ne0w0​=0.
  3. (11.12)–(11.13): Πv\Pi vΠv is the unique μ\muμ-closest representable function, and Π⊤DΠ=DX(X⊤DX)−1X⊤D\Pi^\top\mathbf D\Pi = \mathbf D\mathbf X(\mathbf X^\top\mathbf D\mathbf X)^{-1}\mathbf X^\top\mathbf DΠ⊤DΠ=DX(X⊤DX)−1X⊤D.
  4. (11.21): vπv_\pivπ​ is the unique fixed point of BπB_\piBπ​ (γ<1\gamma<1γ<1).
  5. (11.24), Exercise 11.4: RE(w)=VE(w)+E[(Gt−vπ(St))2]\mathrm{RE}(\mathbf w) = \mathrm{VE}(\mathbf w) + \mathbb E[(G_t - v_\pi(S_t))^2]RE(w)=VE(w)+E[(Gt​−vπ​(St​))2] in the on-policy case.
  6. Example 11.4 (p. 276): two Markov reward processes that generate the same observable data distribution (every finite prefix of the stream of feature vectors and rewards has the same probability, each process started from its stationary distribution) have BE(0)=0\mathrm{BE}(\mathbf 0) = 0BE(0)=0 and BE(0)=23\mathrm{BE}(\mathbf 0) = \tfrac23BE(0)=32​.
  7. (11.25)–(11.26): the PBE in matrix terms.
  8. The three factors (p. 278): X⊤Dδˉw=E[ρtδtxt]\mathbf X^\top\mathbf D\bar\delta_{\mathbf w} = \mathbb E[\rho_t\delta_t\mathbf x_t]X⊤Dδˉw​=E[ρt​δt​xt​], (γPπX−X)⊤DX=E[ρt(γxt+1−xt)xt⊤](\gamma P_\pi\mathbf X-\mathbf X)^\top\mathbf D\mathbf X = \mathbb E[\rho_t(\gamma\mathbf x_{t+1}-\mathbf x_t)\mathbf x_t^\top](γPπ​X−X)⊤DX=E[ρt​(γxt+1​−xt​)xt⊤​], X⊤DX=E[xtxt⊤]\mathbf X^\top\mathbf D\mathbf X = \mathbb E[\mathbf x_t\mathbf x_t^\top]X⊤DX=E[xt​xt⊤​], under coverage.

Significance

The results. The divergence examples show that no step-size choice rescues semi-gradient TD off-policy, and that exact least-squares fitting does not either. The learnability results separate objectives that can be estimated from observed features and rewards (RE, PBE) from one that cannot (BE), and (11.24) shows that the unobservable VE has the same minimizer as the observable RE. The gradient formula (11.27) is the expected update of the Gradient-TD family; its factorization into three expectations is what makes an O(d)O(d)O(d) stochastic-gradient method possible.

Formalizing them. All of these are proved or computed in the book, in informal notation that leaves hypotheses implicit (invertibility, coverage, the distribution μ\muμ, the domain of γ\gammaγ). A machine-checked version fixes them, and gives a reusable layer of linear value-function geometry (Bellman operator, μ\muμ-norm, projection, BE, PBE, behavior-policy expectations) for later work on Gradient-TD convergence and on the TD fixed point. No formalization of this chapter is known to exist.

Difficulty

The individual steps are finite linear algebra, but they are easy to get wrong. The gradient of a quadratic form h⊤C−1h\mathbf h^\top\mathbf C^{-1}\mathbf hh⊤C−1h in an affine h(w)\mathbf h(\mathbf w)h(w) produces C−1+C−⊤\mathbf C^{-1}+\mathbf C^{-\top}C−1+C−⊤, and collapsing it to 2C−12\mathbf C^{-1}2C−1 uses the symmetry of X⊤DX\mathbf X^\top\mathbf D\mathbf XX⊤DX. The Jacobian of w↦X⊤Dδˉw\mathbf w\mapsto\mathbf X^\top\mathbf D\bar\delta_{\mathbf w}w↦X⊤Dδˉw​ has to be identified through the Bellman operator's affine form rπ+γPπvr_\pi+\gamma P_\pi vrπ​+γPπ​v, which is a theorem about the four-argument dynamics, not a definition. Passing from matrix to expectation form needs coverage, since otherwise b(a∣s)ρ=π(a∣s)b(a\mid s)\rho = \pi(a\mid s)b(a∣s)ρ=π(a∣s) fails. The divergence examples need the conclusion ∣wk∣→∞|w_k|\to\infty∣wk​∣→∞, not merely "the multiplier exceeds one".

Formalization scope

States are a finite type; values are functions S→R\mathcal S\to\mathbb RS→R; weights are Rd\mathbb R^dRd as Fin d → ℝ; matrices are Mathlib Matrix. The dynamics are the book's p(s′,r∣s,a)p(s',r\mid s,a)p(s′,r∣s,a) with a finite reward set, and one action type serves all states. μ\muμ is a probability distribution (nonnegative, summing to one). vπv_\pivπ​ is defined from expected returns, not as a Bellman solution. The gradient is a Fréchet derivative whose linear map is u↦g⊤u\mathbf u\mapsto\mathbf g^\top\mathbf uu↦g⊤u.

Explicit hypotheses the book leaves implicit:

  • X⊤DX\mathbf X^\top\mathbf D\mathbf XX⊤DX invertible. The book substitutes a pseudoinverse otherwise; that case is not formalized, and without the hypothesis Lean's matrix inverse is zero and the PBE is trivially 000.
  • Coverage (π(a∣s)>0⇒b(a∣s)>0\pi(a\mid s)>0\Rightarrow b(a\mid s)>0π(a∣s)>0⇒b(a∣s)>0) for the expectation identities.
  • 0≤γ<10\le\gamma<10≤γ<1 for (11.21); the episodic γ=1\gamma=1γ=1 case is not stated.
  • In (11.24) the return enters through conditional distributions νs\nu_sνs​ with finite second moment and mean vπ(s)v_\pi(s)vπ​(s).

Readings and corrections:

  • (11.10) is introduced as minimizing "the VE", but its displayed objective is an unweighted sum over the two states. The displayed sum is formalized.
  • The sentence on p. 269, "there always exists an approximate value function with zero PBE", needs X⊤D(I−γPπ)X\mathbf X^\top\mathbf D(I-\gamma P_\pi)\mathbf XX⊤D(I−γPπ​)X invertible, which can fail off-policy. Counterexample: two states with features x=1,2x = 1, 2x=1,2, both moving to the second state under π\piπ, rewards rπ=(1,0)r_\pi = (1, 0)rπ​=(1,0), γ=34\gamma = \tfrac34γ=43​ and μ=(23,13)\mu = (\tfrac23, \tfrac13)μ=(32​,31​). Then X⊤Dδˉw=23\mathbf X^\top\mathbf D\bar\delta_{\mathbf w} = \tfrac23X⊤Dδˉw​=32​ for every w\mathbf ww, so PBE(w)=(23)2/2>0\mathrm{PBE}(\mathbf w) = (\tfrac23)^2/2 > 0PBE(w)=(32​)2/2>0 everywhere. The sentence is not formalized.
  • The Example 11.4 MRPs are transcribed from the figure on p. 276. Their equal data distributions are stated through all finite prefixes of the observed stream (feature vectors and rewards) from the stationary distributions; the BE minimizer of the second MRP as γ→1\gamma\to1γ→1 is not formalized.
  • Baird's counterexample (divergence shown by simulation), Gradient-TD and Emphatic-TD convergence (asserted with references) are out of scope.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: vπv_\pivπ​ is not defined as a fixed point of BπB_\piBπ​, the PBE is not stated without the invertibility hypothesis, and the gradient is a derivative of the defined PBE, not a restated formula.

Welcome contributions: proofs of the milestones, and a general lemma on the gradient of h⊤C−1h\mathbf h^\top\mathbf C^{-1}\mathbf hh⊤C−1h for affine h\mathbf hh and symmetric invertible C\mathbf CC, which is reusable well beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • R. S. Sutton and A. G. Barto, Reinforcement Learning: An Introduction, 2nd ed., MIT Press, 2018, ISBN 9780262039246, Chapter 11. http://incompleteideas.net/book/the-book-2nd.html
  • L. Baird, Residual algorithms: Reinforcement learning with function approximation, ICML 1995. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-1-55860-377-6.50013-X
  • J. N. Tsitsiklis and B. Van Roy, Feature-based methods for large scale dynamic programming, Machine Learning 22, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00114724
  • R. S. Sutton, H. R. Maei, D. Precup, S. Bhatnagar, D. Silver, Cs. Szepesvári, E. Wiewiora, Fast gradient-descent methods for temporal-difference learning with linear function approximation, ICML 2009. https://doi.org/10.1145/1553374.1553501
  • R. S. Sutton, A. R. Mahmood, M. White, An emphatic approach to the problem of off-policy temporal-difference learning, JMLR 17, 2016. https://jmlr.org/papers/v17/14-488.html
14 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Algorithmic Game TheoryConvex OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Blackwell Approachability and No-Regret Learning are Equivalent 3: An Efficient Forecaster Whose (ℓ1, ε)-Calibration Rate Is at Most √(2/(εT))Research Paper

Calibrated forecasting

A forecaster announces, each day, a probability that it will rain; afterwards nature reveals whether it did. The forecaster is calibrated if, on the days on which it announced roughly 30%, it rained roughly 30% of the time, and likewise for every other announced value. Calibration is a minimal consistency requirement for probabilistic forecasts, used in meteorology, in the evaluation of probabilistic classifiers, and in game theory, where calibrated forecasts of the opponents' play lead to correlated equilibrium (Foster and Vohra, 1997).

Calibration is achievable even against an adversary who chooses the outcomes, provided the forecaster randomizes. Timeline:

  • 1998. Foster and Vohra construct an asymptotically calibrated randomized forecaster against an arbitrary outcome sequence.
  • 1999. Foster reduces calibration to Blackwell's approachability theorem by exhibiting, for each halfspace, a forecast that keeps the payoff inside it.
  • 2009. Mannor and Stoltz give an approachability-based calibration procedure concurrently with the paper below.
  • 2011. Abernethy, Bartlett and Hazan prove that Blackwell approachability and no-regret online linear optimization are equivalent, and use the equivalence to obtain an efficient calibrated forecaster: O(log⁡1/ε)O(\log 1/\varepsilon)O(log1/ε) time per round and calibration rate O(1/εT)O(1/\sqrt{\varepsilon T})O(1/εT​).

This mission formalizes the last result, Theorem 22 of the 2011 paper, in the explicit form given by its proof.

Setting

Fix a positive integer mmm and the grid width ε=1/m\varepsilon = 1/mε=1/m. Each round t=1,…,Tt = 1, \dots, Tt=1,…,T the forecaster chooses a probability vector wtw_twt​ in the simplex Δm+1\Delta_{m+1}Δm+1​ over the grid indices i=0,…,mi = 0, \dots, mi=0,…,m, draws it∼wti_t \sim w_tit​∼wt​ and announces pt=it/mp_t = i_t/mpt​=it​/m. Nature then reveals yt∈{0,1}y_t \in \{0, 1\}yt​∈{0,1}.

Vectors live in Rm+1\mathbb R^{m+1}Rm+1 with the Euclidean norm ∥⋅∥2\|\cdot\|_2∥⋅∥2​. The ℓ₁ norm is ∥x∥1=∑i∣xi∣\|x\|_1 = \sum_i |x_i|∥x∥1​=∑i​∣xi​∣, the ℓ₁ ball is B1(r)={y:∥y∥1≤r}B_1(r) = \{y : \|y\|_1 \le r\}B1​(r)={y:∥y∥1​≤r}, and the unit cube is B∞(1)={θ:∣θi∣≤1 for all i}B_\infty(1) = \{\theta : |\theta_i| \le 1 \text{ for all } i\}B∞​(1)={θ:∣θi​∣≤1 for all i}.

The calibration game (11) has payoff

u(w,y)=(w(0)(y−0m), w(1)(y−1m), …, w(m)(y−1))∈Rm+1.u(w, y) = \Bigl(w(0)\bigl(y - \tfrac0m\bigr),\ w(1)\bigl(y - \tfrac1m\bigr),\ \dots,\ w(m)(y - 1)\Bigr) \in \mathbb R^{m+1}.u(w,y)=(w(0)(y−m0​), w(1)(y−m1​), …, w(m)(y−1))∈Rm+1.

The (ℓ1,ε)(\ell_1, \varepsilon)(ℓ1​,ε)-calibration rate (Definition 19) of the announced forecasts is max⁡{0,∑i=0m∣1T∑t=1TI[pt=i/m](i/m−yt)∣−ε/2}\max\{0, \sum_{i=0}^m |\frac1T\sum_{t=1}^T \mathbb I[p_t = i/m](i/m - y_t)| - \varepsilon/2\}max{0,∑i=0m​∣T1​∑t=1T​I[pt​=i/m](i/m−yt​)∣−ε/2}. Replacing each indicator by its expectation wt(i)w_t(i)wt​(i) gives the rate of the forecast distributions,

CˉTε=max⁡{0, ∑i=0m∣1T∑t=1Twt(i)(im−yt)∣−ε2},\bar C^\varepsilon_T = \max\Bigl\{0,\ \sum_{i=0}^m \Bigl|\frac1T \sum_{t=1}^T w_t(i)\Bigl(\frac im - y_t\Bigr)\Bigr| - \frac\varepsilon2\Bigr\},CˉTε​=max{0, i=0∑m​​T1​t=1∑T​wt​(i)(mi​−yt​)​−2ε​},

which is max⁡{0,∥uˉT∥1−ε/2}\max\{0, \|\bar u_T\|_1 - \varepsilon/2\}max{0,∥uˉT​∥1​−ε/2} for the average payoff uˉT=1T∑tu(wt,yt)\bar u_T = \frac1T\sum_t u(w_t, y_t)uˉT​=T1​∑t​u(wt​,yt​).

The forecaster is Algorithm 5. It keeps a point θt\theta_tθt​ in the cube, starting from θ1=0\theta_1 = 0θ1​=0 with w1w_1w1​ arbitrary. After round ttt it takes a projected gradient step (Algorithm 4, online gradient descent) against the loss vector ft=−u(wt,yt)f_t = -u(w_t, y_t)ft​=−u(wt​,yt​):

θt+1=ΠB∞(1)(θt+η u(wt,yt)),\theta_{t+1} = \Pi_{B_\infty(1)}\bigl(\theta_t + \eta\, u(w_t, y_t)\bigr),θt+1​=ΠB∞​(1)​(θt​+ηu(wt​,yt​)),

where Π\PiΠ is the Euclidean projection. It then sets wt+1w_{t+1}wt+1​ to the output of the oracle Algorithm 3 on θt+1\theta_{t+1}θt+1​, which puts weight on at most two adjacent grid points where θ\thetaθ changes sign.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 22 in the form (14)

For m≥1m \ge 1m≥1, T≥1T \ge 1T≥1, every outcome sequence y1,…,yT∈{0,1}y_1, \dots, y_T \in \{0, 1\}y1​,…,yT​∈{0,1} and every run of Algorithm 5 with η=(m+1)/T\eta = \sqrt{(m+1)/T}η=(m+1)/T​,

CˉTε≤2εT.\bar C^\varepsilon_T \le \sqrt{\frac{2}{\varepsilon T}}.CˉTε​≤εT2​​.

This is the bound CTε≤GD/TC^\varepsilon_T \le GD/\sqrt TCTε​≤GD/T​ of display (14) with the paper's constant G=2G = \sqrt 2G=2​.

Milestones

  1. Claim 1 (proof): min⁡∥y∥1≤ε/2∥x−y∥1=max⁡{0,−ε/2+∥x∥1}\min_{\|y\|_1 \le \varepsilon/2}\|x - y\|_1 = \max\{0, -\varepsilon/2 + \|x\|_1\}min∥y∥1​≤ε/2​∥x−y∥1​=max{0,−ε/2+∥x∥1​}.
  2. Display (13): for ∥x∥1>ε/2\|x\|_1 > \varepsilon/2∥x∥1​>ε/2, also =−ε/2−min⁡∥θ∥∞≤1⟨−x,θ⟩= -\varepsilon/2 - \min_{\|\theta\|_\infty \le 1}\langle -x, \theta\rangle=−ε/2−min∥θ∥∞​≤1​⟨−x,θ⟩.
  3. Algorithm 3: for every θ\thetaθ in the cube there is an output w∈Δm+1w \in \Delta_{m+1}w∈Δm+1​, and every output satisfies ⟨u(w,y),θ⟩≤ε/2\langle u(w, y), \theta\rangle \le \varepsilon/2⟨u(w,y),θ⟩≤ε/2 for all y∈[0,1]y \in [0, 1]y∈[0,1].
  4. Display (12): under that guarantee, max⁡{0,∥uˉT∥1−ε/2}≤1T(∑t⟨−ut,θt⟩−min⁡θ∈B∞(1)∑t⟨−ut,θ⟩)\max\{0, \|\bar u_T\|_1 - \varepsilon/2\} \le \frac1T\bigl(\sum_t \langle -u_t, \theta_t\rangle - \min_{\theta \in B_\infty(1)}\sum_t\langle -u_t, \theta\rangle\bigr)max{0,∥uˉT​∥1​−ε/2}≤T1​(∑t​⟨−ut​,θt​⟩−minθ∈B∞​(1)​∑t​⟨−ut​,θ⟩).
  5. Online gradient descent: regret at most DGTDG\sqrt TDGT​ with step η=D/(GT)\eta = D/(G\sqrt T)η=D/(GT​).
  6. Theorem 21 (response-satisfiability and approachability): for every y∈[0,1]y \in [0,1]y∈[0,1] some w∈Δm+1w \in \Delta_{m+1}w∈Δm+1​ has u(w,y)∈B1(ε/2)u(w, y) \in B_1(\varepsilon/2)u(w,y)∈B1​(ε/2); hence some algorithm choosing wtw_twt​ from y1,…,yt−1y_1, \dots, y_{t-1}y1​,…,yt−1​ drives the distance of the average payoff to B1(ε/2)B_1(\varepsilon/2)B1​(ε/2) to 000 against every outcome sequence in [0,1][0,1][0,1].

Significance

The bound shows that a forecaster with logarithmic per-round cost has calibration error vanishing at rate T−1/2T^{-1/2}T−1/2 against every outcome sequence. Earlier calibrated forecasters required solving a linear program or computing a fixed point each round. The construction is also the paper's worked instance of its general equivalence: a calibration problem, posed as approachability of an ℓ₁ ball, is solved by a no-regret learner on the dual unit cube together with a halfspace oracle.

The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked version is known to exist. The formalization makes explicit three points the paper leaves informal: the step size, the sign of the gradient step, and the gap between the forecast distributions and the sampled forecasts. The milestones are reusable on their own: the ℓ₁/ℓ∞ duality, and the regret bound of online gradient descent for linear losses on a general closed convex set.

Difficulty

The chain (12)–(14) looks like a direct composition, but each link has content. The oracle guarantee needs a case analysis over the sign pattern of θ\thetaθ, including the degenerate case θ(i+1)=0\theta(i+1) = 0θ(i+1)=0. The reduction (12) needs the duality (13) with attained minima, and it holds only outside the ball B1(ε/2)B_1(\varepsilon/2)B1​(ε/2). The regret bound of online gradient descent needs the non-expansiveness of the Euclidean projection and a telescoping argument. The tempting shortcut of quoting "OGD has regret O(T)O(\sqrt T)O(T​)" does not give the stated constant without fixing the step size.

Formalization scope

Vectors are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin (m+1)), with grid index i∈{0,…,m}i \in \{0, \dots, m\}i∈{0,…,m} as Fin (m+1) and i/mi/mi/m as a real quotient; the ℓ₁ norm and the cube are written out coordinatewise. Rounds are t=1,…,Tt = 1, \dots, Tt=1,…,T. Minima over sets are stated through IsLeast or as the infimum of the image of a nonempty bounded set. Algorithm 3 is a relation that allows every sign-change index the binary search might return. The projection is any Euclidean minimizer onto the cube.

Conventions and corrections, each disclosed in the item's Formalization Note:

  • Gradient-step sign. Algorithm 4 prints θt−ηut\theta_t - \eta u_tθt​−ηut​, but the proof runs the learner on the losses ft=−utf_t = -u_tft​=−ut​ (condition 2), so the step is θt+ηut\theta_t + \eta u_tθt​+ηut​. With the printed sign the bound fails.
  • Step size. The page sets η=O(T−1/2)\eta = O(T^{-1/2})η=O(T−1/2); the goal pins η=(m+1)/T\eta = \sqrt{(m+1)/T}η=(m+1)/T​, the standard tuning with radius m+1\sqrt{m+1}m+1​ of the cube and ∥ut∥2≤1\|u_t\|_2 \le 1∥ut​∥2​≤1. The page's D=1/εD = \sqrt{1/\varepsilon}D=1/ε​ is not the cube's diameter.
  • Forecast distributions. The rate is that of the distributions wtw_twt​, the expectation of the calibration vector over the forecaster's draws (Lemma 20). The high-probability statement for the sampled forecasts is not formalized, nor is the running-time claim.
  • Other misprints. Algorithm 3's header "w↦θw \mapsto \thetaw↦θ" is θ↦w\theta \mapsto wθ↦w, and the calibration vector has m+1m + 1m+1 coordinates, not ⌊ε−1⌋\lfloor \varepsilon^{-1} \rfloor⌊ε−1⌋.
  • Added hypotheses. m≥1m \ge 1m≥1 and T≥1T \ge 1T≥1.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out. The rate is defined from Definition 19's formula, not as a distance, and the step size is pinned. A free step size would make the bound false, and an empty oracle relation would make it vacuous; milestone 3's existence clause excludes the latter.

Contributions are welcome on each milestone. The online gradient descent bound and the ℓ₁/ℓ∞ duality are independent of calibration. The published one-step inequality LogRegretOCO.OGD.one_step_inequality is included as a reference item for the regret bound.

Selected references

  • J. Abernethy, P. L. Bartlett, E. Hazan, Blackwell Approachability and No-Regret Learning are Equivalent, COLT 2011, JMLR W&CP 19, pp. 27–46, 2011. https://proceedings.mlr.press/v19/abernethy11b.html
  • D. P. Foster, R. V. Vohra, Asymptotic calibration, Biometrika 85(2), 1998. https://doi.org/10.1093/biomet/85.2.379
  • D. P. Foster, A proof of calibration via Blackwell's approachability theorem, Games and Economic Behavior 29, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1006/game.1999.0724
  • D. P. Foster, R. V. Vohra, Calibrated learning and correlated equilibrium, Games and Economic Behavior 21, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1006/game.1997.0595
  • S. Mannor, G. Stoltz, A geometric proof of calibration, Mathematics of Operations Research 35(4), 2010. https://arxiv.org/abs/0908.3576
  • M. Zinkevich, Online convex programming and generalized infinitesimal gradient ascent, ICML 2003. https://dl.acm.org/doi/10.5555/3041838.3041955
11 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
ProbabilityReinforcement LearningStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Reinforcement Learning: An Introduction V: Off-policy Prediction by Importance SamplingTextbook

Motivation

Reinforcement learning methods must explore in order to find good behaviour, yet the quantity they usually want to evaluate is the value of a different, often deterministic, policy. Off-policy prediction separates the two roles: episodes are generated by a behaviour policy bbb, and the goal is the value function vπv_\pivπ​ of a target policy π\piπ. Almost every off-policy method in Sutton and Barto's Reinforcement Learning: An Introduction (2nd ed., MIT Press, 2018), and in the literature that follows it, rests on importance sampling: a return observed under bbb is reweighted by the relative probability of its trajectory under π\piπ and bbb. Section 5.5 of the book introduces the idea for Monte Carlo prediction, §5.6 gives the incremental form of the weighted estimator, and §§5.8–5.9 refine the weights using the internal structure of the return: discounting-aware importance sampling, after Sutton, Mahmood, Precup and van Hasselt (2014), and per-decision importance sampling, introduced by Precup, Sutton and Singh (2000). The book's remarks on the variance of the two estimators (p. 105) cite Precup, Sutton and Dasgupta (2001). Later chapters (7, 11, 12) reuse the same ratios for nnn-step, gradient-TD and eligibility-trace methods.

This mission is the fifth in a series formalizing the book's central mathematical claims. It covers §§5.5–5.9 (pp. 103–115).

Setting

A finite Markov decision process has finite sets of states S\mathcal SS (terminal states included), actions A\mathcal AA and rewards R⊂R\mathcal R \subset \mathbb RR⊂R, and dynamics p(s′,r∣s,a)p(s', r \mid s, a)p(s′,r∣s,a): for each (s,a)(s, a)(s,a) a probability distribution over next state and reward. The state-transition probability is p(s′∣s,a)=∑rp(s′,r∣s,a)p(s' \mid s, a) = \sum_r p(s', r \mid s, a)p(s′∣s,a)=∑r​p(s′,r∣s,a). A policy μ\muμ gives a distribution μ(⋅∣s)\mu(\cdot \mid s)μ(⋅∣s) over actions in every state.

An episode from a start state sss is a sequence S0=s,A0,R1,S1,…,AT−1,RT,STS_0 = s, A_0, R_1, S_1, \dots, A_{T-1}, R_T, S_TS0​=s,A0​,R1​,S1​,…,AT−1​,RT​,ST​ in which S0,…,ST−1S_0, \dots, S_{T-1}S0​,…,ST−1​ are nonterminal and STS_TST​ is terminal. Under μ\muμ it has probability ∏k=0T−1μ(Ak∣Sk) p(Sk+1,Rk+1∣Sk,Ak)\prod_{k=0}^{T-1} \mu(A_k \mid S_k)\, p(S_{k+1}, R_{k+1} \mid S_k, A_k)∏k=0T−1​μ(Ak​∣Sk​)p(Sk+1​,Rk+1​∣Sk​,Ak​). The return is G0=∑k=0T−1γkRk+1G_0 = \sum_{k=0}^{T-1} \gamma^k R_{k+1}G0​=∑k=0T−1​γkRk+1​ with discount rate γ∈[0,1]\gamma \in [0, 1]γ∈[0,1], and the value vπ(s)v_\pi(s)vπ​(s) is the expected return of an episode generated by π\piπ from sss.

The behaviour policy covers the target policy if π(a∣s)>0\pi(a \mid s) > 0π(a∣s)>0 implies b(a∣s)>0b(a \mid s) > 0b(a∣s)>0. The importance-sampling ratio of decisions 0,…,j0, \dots, j0,…,j is

ρ0:j=∏k=0jπ(Ak∣Sk)b(Ak∣Sk),\rho_{0:j} = \prod_{k=0}^{j} \frac{\pi(A_k \mid S_k)}{b(A_k \mid S_k)},ρ0:j​=k=0∏j​b(Ak​∣Sk​)π(Ak​∣Sk​)​,

and the per-decision return weights each reward only by the ratio of the decisions that precede it:

G~0=ρ0:0R1+γρ0:1R2+⋯+γT−1ρ0:T−1RT.\tilde G_0 = \rho_{0:0} R_1 + \gamma \rho_{0:1} R_2 + \dots + \gamma^{T-1} \rho_{0:T-1} R_T .G~0​=ρ0:0​R1​+γρ0:1​R2​+⋯+γT−1ρ0:T−1​RT​.

The book writes these objects at a general time ttt and conditions on St=sS_t = sSt​=s; by the Markov property this is the same as starting the episode at sss, which is what the formal statements do.

Formalization targets

Goal: unbiasedness of ordinary and per-decision importance sampling

For episodes generated by bbb from sss,

Eb[ρ0:T−1G0∣S0=s]=vπ(s)=Eb[G~0∣S0=s].\mathbb E_b\bigl[\rho_{0:T-1} G_0 \mid S_0 = s\bigr] = v_\pi(s) = \mathbb E_b\bigl[\tilde G_0 \mid S_0 = s\bigr].Eb​[ρ0:T−1​G0​∣S0​=s]=vπ​(s)=Eb​[G~0​∣S0​=s].

The first equality is Eq. (5.4) (p. 104); the second is the statement E[ρt:T−1Gt]=E[G~t]\mathbb E[\rho_{t:T-1}G_t] = \mathbb E[\tilde G_t]E[ρt:T−1​Gt​]=E[G~t​] of §5.9 (p. 114).

Milestones

  1. (5.3): the trajectory probability is a product, and the ratio of trajectory probabilities under π\piπ and bbb is ρ0:T−1\rho_{0:T-1}ρ0:T−1​, independent of the dynamics.
  2. (5.4) alone.
  3. (5.13): ∑ab(a∣x) π(a∣x)/b(a∣x)=∑aπ(a∣x)=1\sum_a b(a \mid x)\, \pi(a \mid x)/b(a \mid x) = \sum_a \pi(a \mid x) = 1∑a​b(a∣x)π(a∣x)/b(a∣x)=∑a​π(a∣x)=1 under coverage.
  4. (5.14) and its kkk-th form: Eb[ρ0:T−1Rk]=Eb[ρ0:k−1Rk]\mathbb E_b[\rho_{0:T-1} R_k] = \mathbb E_b[\rho_{0:k-1} R_k]Eb​[ρ0:T−1​Rk​]=Eb​[ρ0:k−1​Rk​] for every k≥1k \ge 1k≥1 (Exercise 5.13).
  5. Example 5.5: in a one-state MDP with a loop, vπ(s)=1v_\pi(s) = 1vπ​(s)=1 and Eb[ρ0:T−1G0]=1\mathbb E_b[\rho_{0:T-1}G_0] = 1Eb​[ρ0:T−1​G0​]=1, yet Eb[(ρ0:T−1G0)2]=∞\mathbb E_b[(\rho_{0:T-1}G_0)^2] = \inftyEb​[(ρ0:T−1​G0​)2]=∞.
  6. (5.7)–(5.8): the incremental rule Vn+1=Vn+(Wn/Cn)(Gn−Vn)V_{n+1} = V_n + (W_n/C_n)(G_n - V_n)Vn+1​=Vn​+(Wn​/Cn​)(Gn​−Vn​) computes the weighted average ∑k<nWkGk/∑k<nWk\sum_{k<n} W_k G_k / \sum_{k<n} W_k∑k<n​Wk​Gk​/∑k<n​Wk​ (Exercise 5.10).
  7. §5.8: Gt=(1−γ)∑h=t+1T−1γh−t−1Gˉt:h+γT−t−1Gˉt:TG_t = (1-\gamma)\sum_{h=t+1}^{T-1}\gamma^{h-t-1}\bar G_{t:h} + \gamma^{T-t-1}\bar G_{t:T}Gt​=(1−γ)∑h=t+1T−1​γh−t−1Gˉt:h​+γT−t−1Gˉt:T​ with flat partial returns Gˉt:h=Rt+1+⋯+Rh\bar G_{t:h} = R_{t+1} + \dots + R_hGˉt:h​=Rt+1​+⋯+Rh​.

Significance

Eq. (5.4) is the reason the first-visit ordinary importance-sampling estimator (5.5) is unbiased, and it is the template for every importance-sampling correction in the rest of the book. The per-decision identity shows that an estimator with fewer ratio factors per reward, (5.15), has the same expectation, which is the starting point for per-decision and control-variate methods for multi-step off-policy learning (Precup, Sutton and Singh 2000). Example 5.5 shows that unbiasedness says nothing about variance: the ordinary estimator can have infinite variance on a two-action problem, which motivates weighted importance sampling and the incremental weighted update of §5.6.

The results of these sections are classical and proved informally in the book, partly as exercises (5.10, 5.13) left without solution. No machine-checked version exists on the platform: a search for importance sampling, off-policy and per-decision returned no statements. The mission produces a formal trajectory model of an episodic MDP under two policies, which later missions on nnn-step off-policy returns and off-policy traces can reuse.

Difficulty

Eq. (5.4) itself is a termwise identity: for every episode, Pr⁡b(episode) ρ0:T−1=Pr⁡π(episode)\Pr_b(\text{episode})\,\rho_{0:T-1} = \Pr_\pi(\text{episode})Prb​(episode)ρ0:T−1​=Prπ​(episode) under coverage. The per-decision identity is not termwise. The later factors of ρ0:T−1\rho_{0:T-1}ρ0:T−1​ multiply a reward that was received before the corresponding decisions, and removing them requires summing over all continuations of an episode prefix, of every remaining length, and using that each factor has conditional expectation one (5.13) and that the continuation terminates with probability one. The obvious attempt, cancelling the factors episode by episode, fails: on a single episode ρ0:T−1R1\rho_{0:T-1}R_1ρ0:T−1​R1​ and ρ0:0R1\rho_{0:0}R_1ρ0:0​R1​ differ.

In Example 5.5 the episodes have no length bound, so the expected square is an infinite series over episode lengths whose divergence must be shown directly.

Formalization scope

  • States, actions and rewards are finite types; the terminal states are a finite subset of the state type. Policies are stochastic, one action set is used in every state, and vπv_\pivπ​ is defined as an expected return, never as the solution of a Bellman equation.
  • Expectations are series over episode lengths of finite sums over episodes. Lean assigns 000 to a divergent series, so the goal and milestones 2 and 4 assume that under bbb every episode from sss terminates within a fixed number HHH of steps with probability one. The book leaves termination implicit; this bounded-horizon hypothesis is a restriction relative to the book's episodic setting and is stated as such. Example 5.5, whose episodes are unbounded, is stated without it, with the expected square in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞].
  • The discount rate is kept general in [0,1][0, 1][0,1].
  • The importance-sampling ratio uses real division; a factor with b(Ak∣Sk)=0b(A_k \mid S_k) = 0b(Ak​∣Sk​)=0 evaluates to 000 in Lean, but such episodes have probability 000 under bbb.
  • The flat-partial-return decomposition is an algebraic identity and is stated for every real γ\gammaγ, which is more general than the book's "for any γ∈[0,1)\gamma \in [0,1)γ∈[0,1)".
  • The incremental weighted update is stated with nonnegative weights and W1>0W_1 > 0W1​>0. The book's C0=0C_0 = 0C0​=0 makes (5.8) divide by zero at n=1n = 1n=1 when W1=0W_1 = 0W1​=0; the hypothesis excludes that case.
  • A trivializing formalization is ruled out: vπv_\pivπ​ is the expected return of π\piπ's own episodes, the ratio is computed from the episode, and the per-decision identity, which carries the chapter's content beyond (5.4), is part of the goal.
  • Not stated: the bias and variance comparisons of ordinary and weighted importance sampling (p. 105) and the discounting-aware estimators (5.9)–(5.10) as estimators; these are statistical claims about estimators over a random number of visits that the book does not make precise.

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, a general measure-theoretic version of the trajectory model without the bounded-horizon hypothesis, and variants for action values qπq_\piqπ​ (Exercise 5.6).

Selected references

  • R. S. Sutton and A. G. Barto, Reinforcement Learning: An Introduction, 2nd ed., MIT Press, 2018, ISBN 9780262039246, §§5.5–5.9, pp. 103–115. http://incompleteideas.net/book/the-book-2nd.html
  • D. Precup, R. S. Sutton and S. Singh, Eligibility Traces for Off-Policy Policy Evaluation, Proceedings of the 17th International Conference on Machine Learning (ICML), 2000, pp. 759–766 (cited in the book's bibliography).
  • D. Precup, R. S. Sutton and S. Dasgupta, Off-Policy Temporal-Difference Learning with Function Approximation, Proceedings of the 18th International Conference on Machine Learning (ICML), 2001, pp. 417–424 (cited in the book, p. 105).
14 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Bandit AlgorithmsOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Analysis of Thompson Sampling for the Multi-armed Bandit Problem 1: Logarithmic Regret for Two ArmsResearch Paper

Motivation

Thompson Sampling (TS) is the oldest heuristic for the stochastic multi-armed bandit problem: it was proposed by Thompson in 1933 (Biometrika 25) and is used in practice for online advertising and recommendation, where it often performs as well as or better than upper-confidence-bound methods (Chapelle and Li, NIPS 2011; Scott 2010). Until 2012 its theoretical guarantees for the frequentist regret were weak: earlier analyses gave only o(T)o(T)o(T) regret in time TTT (Granmo 2010; May, Korda, Lee and Leslie 2011).

Agrawal and Goyal, Analysis of Thompson Sampling for the Multi-armed Bandit Problem (arXiv:1111.1797v3, COLT 2012), gave the first logarithmic finite-time bound on the expected regret of TS. This mission formalizes their two-armed result, Theorem 1. A companion mission covers the NNN-armed bound, Theorem 2.

Timeline. Lai and Robbins (1985) proved that every consistent algorithm has regret at least [∑iΔi/D(μi∥μ∗)+o(1)]ln⁡T\big[\sum_i \Delta_i/D(\mu_i\|\mu^*)+o(1)\big]\ln T[∑i​Δi​/D(μi​∥μ∗)+o(1)]lnT. Auer, Cesa-Bianchi and Fischer (2002) gave UCB1 with an O(∑iln⁡T/Δi)O(\sum_i \ln T/\Delta_i)O(∑i​lnT/Δi​) finite-time bound. Agrawal and Goyal (2012) proved O(ln⁡T/Δ+1/Δ3)O(\ln T/\Delta+1/\Delta^3)O(lnT/Δ+1/Δ3) for two-armed TS. Kaufmann, Korda and Munos (ALT 2012) and Agrawal and Goyal (AISTATS 2013) later proved asymptotically optimal bounds for Bernoulli TS.

Setting

There are two arms. Arm i∈{1,2}i\in\{1,2\}i∈{1,2} has a fixed, unknown reward distribution DiD_iDi​ supported in [0,1][0,1][0,1], with mean μi\mu_iμi​. Plays of an arm give i.i.d. rewards, independent of the other arm. Arm 1 is the unique optimal arm, μ1>μ2\mu_1>\mu_2μ1​>μ2​, and Δ=μ1−μ2\Delta=\mu_1-\mu_2Δ=μ1​−μ2​ is the gap.

Thompson Sampling for general stochastic bandits (Algorithm 2 of the paper) keeps, for each arm iii, a success count SiS_iSi​ and a failure count FiF_iFi​, both starting at 000. In each round t=1,2,…t=1,2,\dotst=1,2,… it

  1. samples, independently for each arm, θi(t)∼Beta(Si+1,Fi+1)\theta_i(t)\sim\mathrm{Beta}(S_i+1,F_i+1)θi​(t)∼Beta(Si​+1,Fi​+1);
  2. plays i(t)=arg⁡max⁡iθi(t)i(t)=\arg\max_i\theta_i(t)i(t)=argmaxi​θi​(t) and observes a reward r~t∼Di(t)\tilde r_t\sim D_{i(t)}r~t​∼Di(t)​;
  3. performs a Bernoulli trial with success probability r~t\tilde r_tr~t​, with outcome rt∈{0,1}r_t\in\{0,1\}rt​∈{0,1};
  4. increments Si(t)S_{i(t)}Si(t)​ if rt=1r_t=1rt​=1 and Fi(t)F_{i(t)}Fi(t)​ otherwise.

ki(t)k_i(t)ki​(t) is the number of plays of arm iii before round ttt. The expected regret in time TTT is

E[R(T)]=E[∑t=1T(μ1−μi(t))],\mathbb E[\mathcal R(T)]=\mathbb E\Big[\sum_{t=1}^T(\mu_1-\mu_{i(t)})\Big],E[R(T)]=E[t=1∑T​(μ1​−μi(t)​)],

the expectation being over the rewards and the algorithm's randomness.

The analysis uses the Beta cdf Fα,βbetaF^{beta}_{\alpha,\beta}Fα,βbeta​, the binomial cdf Fn,pBF^B_{n,p}Fn,pB​, and the random variable X(j,s,y)X(j,s,y)X(j,s,y): the number of independent Beta(s+1,j−s+1)\mathrm{Beta}(s+1,j-s+1)Beta(s+1,j−s+1) draws made before one exceeds yyy.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 3)

There is an absolute constant C>0C>0C>0 such that for every two-armed instance with rewards in [0,1][0,1][0,1] and μ1>μ2\mu_1>\mu_2μ1​>μ2​, and every T≥2T\ge 2T≥2,

E[R(T)]≤C(ln⁡TΔ+1Δ3).\mathbb E[\mathcal R(T)]\le C\Big(\frac{\ln T}{\Delta}+\frac1{\Delta^3}\Big).E[R(T)]≤C(ΔlnT​+Δ31​).

The constant is not fixed numerically: the paper states the theorem in O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) form (footnote 1), and the explicit display it reports on p. 8, 40ln⁡T/Δ+48/Δ3+18Δ40\ln T/\Delta+48/\Delta^3+18\Delta40lnT/Δ+48/Δ3+18Δ, is not the formal claim.

Milestones

  • Fact 1 (p. 12): Fα,βbeta(y)=1−Fα+β−1,yB(α−1)F^{beta}_{\alpha,\beta}(y)=1-F^B_{\alpha+\beta-1,y}(\alpha-1)Fα,βbeta​(y)=1−Fα+β−1,yB​(α−1) for positive integers α,β\alpha,\betaα,β.
  • Lemma 1 (p. 6): E[X(j,s,y)]=1/Fj+1,yB(s)−1\mathbb E[X(j,s,y)]=1/F^B_{j+1,y}(s)-1E[X(j,s,y)]=1/Fj+1,yB​(s)−1.
  • Lemma 6 (p. 13): Hoeffding-type bounds (10)–(11) on binomial cdfs.
  • Fact 2 (p. 13): every median of Binomial(n,p)\mathrm{Binomial}(n,p)Binomial(n,p) is ⌊np⌋\lfloor np\rfloor⌊np⌋ or ⌈np⌉\lceil np\rceil⌈np⌉.
  • Lemma 2 (p. 7): Pr⁡(E2(t))≥1−2/T2\Pr(E_2(t))\ge 1-2/T^2Pr(E2​(t))≥1−2/T2, where E2(t)={θ2(t)≤μ2+Δ/2 or k2(t)<24ln⁡T/Δ2}E_2(t)=\{\theta_2(t)\le\mu_2+\Delta/2\ \text{or}\ k_2(t)<24\ln T/\Delta^2\}E2​(t)={θ2​(t)≤μ2​+Δ/2 or k2​(t)<24lnT/Δ2}.
  • Lemma 3 (p. 7): a three-case bound on E[E[min⁡{X(j,s(j),y),T}∣s(j)]]\mathbb E\big[\mathbb E[\min\{X(j,s(j),y),T\}\mid s(j)]\big]E[E[min{X(j,s(j),y),T}∣s(j)]] for s(j)∼Binomial(j,μ1)s(j)\sim\mathrm{Binomial}(j,\mu_1)s(j)∼Binomial(j,μ1​).
  • Eq. (1) (p. 7): E[k2(T)]≤C(ln⁡T/Δ2+1/Δ4)\mathbb E[k_2(T)]\le C(\ln T/\Delta^2+1/\Delta^4)E[k2​(T)]≤C(lnT/Δ2+1/Δ4).

Significance

The result. Theorem 1 shows that TS, a randomized Bayesian heuristic with no explicit confidence bonus, has regret logarithmic in TTT on every two-armed instance, matching the order in TTT of the Lai–Robbins lower bound. The proof introduced a way to control the optimal arm's waiting time between plays through the Beta–Binomial duality, and later analyses of TS reuse that device.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper and has no machine-checked proof that we know of. The platform's existing TS results concern Gaussian TS (Lattimore and Szepesvári, Ch. 36) and Bayesian regret, which are different algorithms or regret notions. A formalization adds a reusable Lean model of Algorithm 2 on [0,1][0,1][0,1]-valued rewards, Beta–Binomial facts (Fact 1, Lemma 1), a binomial-median theorem, and binomial Hoeffding bounds. It also produces a proof with a constant that has been checked, since the printed constants contain an arithmetic slip.

Difficulty

The standard UCB argument does not transfer to TS. For UCB, the optimal arm's index exceeds its mean with high probability however often the arm has been played, because the exploration bonus is deterministic; the analysis then only has to count plays of the suboptimal arm until its own index concentrates, after Θ(ln⁡T/Δ2)\Theta(\ln T/\Delta^2)Θ(lnT/Δ2) plays. Under TS the optimal arm's sample θ1(t)\theta_1(t)θ1​(t) is random and, if the arm has been played rarely or its early rewards were poor, it falls below μ2\mu_2μ2​ with constant probability. The optimal arm may then wait a long, random time between plays, and the length of that wait depends on the arm's posterior, which in turn depends on how long it has waited. Counting plays of the suboptimal arm with a union bound over rounds, under the assumption that the optimal arm is already concentrated, therefore does not work; controlling these waiting times is the central difficulty and is where the 1/Δ31/\Delta^31/Δ3 dependence enters.

Formalization scope

  • Model. The instance is the platform's StochasticBandit 2 (a probability measure on R\mathbb RR per arm, mean banditArmMean), with the hypothesis that each reward law gives mass 111 to [0,1][0,1][0,1]. Lean arm 0 is the paper's arm 1 and Lean arm 1 the paper's arm 2. Lean rounds are indexed from 000.
  • Algorithm. Algorithm 2 is realized on one probability space with three independent i.i.d. tables: Beta draws W(i,t,a,b)∼Beta(a+1,b+1)W(i,t,a,b)\sim\mathrm{Beta}(a+1,b+1)W(i,t,a,b)∼Beta(a+1,b+1), rewards X(i,t)∼DiX(i,t)\sim D_iX(i,t)∼Di​, and uniforms V(i,t)V(i,t)V(i,t). Round ttt uses θi(t)=W(i,t,Si(t),Fi(t))\theta_i(t)=W(i,t,S_i(t),F_i(t))θi​(t)=W(i,t,Si​(t),Fi​(t)), r~t=X(i(t),t)\tilde r_t=X(i(t),t)r~t​=X(i(t),t) and rt=1{V(i(t),t)<r~t}r_t=\mathbf 1\{V(i(t),t)<\tilde r_t\}rt​=1{V(i(t),t)<r~t​}. Ties in the arg max go to the smaller index (a null event).
  • Values. Regret and expectations are lower Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. X(j,s,y)X(j,s,y)X(j,s,y) is N∪{∞}\mathbb N\cup\{\infty\}N∪{∞}-valued, so Lemma 1 at y=1y=1y=1 reads ∞=∞\infty=\infty∞=∞, as in the paper.
  • O(·). The paper's O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) (footnote 1: f≤cgf\le cgf≤cg for n≥n0n\ge n_0n≥n0​) is stated with one universal constant C>0C>0C>0, quantified before the instance, the means and the horizon, for all T≥2T\ge 2T≥2. Eq. (1) is stated the same way, without its printed numerals.
  • Not trivial. The goal is about Algorithm 2 itself, with fresh Beta samples, fresh rewards and the Bernoulli coin. A statement about "any policy satisfying Lemma 2's event bound", or one whose constant depends on Δ\DeltaΔ, the reward laws or TTT, would not be Theorem 1.
  • Edge cases. μ1<1\mu_1<1μ1​<1 is assumed only in Lemma 3, where the paper's RRR and DDD require it. It is not a hypothesis of the goal.
  • Infrastructure. A complete proof needs: inverse-transform or order-statistics facts for Beta laws (Fact 1); geometric expectations; Hoeffding's inequality for sums of Bernoulli variables (Mathlib has Hoeffding/Azuma); the binomial median theorem (Jogdeo–Samuels; Kaas–Buhrman); and the coupling from the reward tables to the per-arm i.i.d. output stacks the paper reasons with. Fact 1, Lemma 6 and Fact 2 are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions to any milestone are welcome, and so is a direct proof of the regret bound with an explicit constant.

Selected references

  • S. Agrawal and N. Goyal, Analysis of Thompson Sampling for the Multi-armed Bandit Problem, COLT 2012; arXiv:1111.1797v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/1111.1797
  • W. R. Thompson, On the likelihood that one unknown probability exceeds another in view of the evidence of two samples, Biometrika 25 (1933) 285–294. https://doi.org/10.2307/2332286
  • T. L. Lai and H. Robbins, Asymptotically efficient adaptive allocation rules, Advances in Applied Mathematics 6 (1985) 4–22. https://doi.org/10.1016/0196-8858(85)90002-8
  • P. Auer, N. Cesa-Bianchi and P. Fischer, Finite-time analysis of the multiarmed bandit problem, Machine Learning 47 (2002) 235–256. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1013689704352
  • K. Jogdeo and S. M. Samuels, Monotone convergence of binomial probabilities and a generalization of Ramanujan's equation, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 39 (1968) 1191–1195. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177698243
  • R. Kaas and J. M. Buhrman, Mean, median and mode in binomial distributions, Statistica Neerlandica 34 (1980) 13–18. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9574.1980.tb00681.x
  • O. Chapelle and L. Li, An empirical evaluation of Thompson Sampling, NIPS 2011. https://papers.nips.cc/paper/4321-an-empirical-evaluation-of-thompson-sampling
11 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Bandit AlgorithmsOperations ResearchProbability+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimal Best Arm Identification with Fixed Confidence III: δ-PAC Guarantee of Chernoff's Stopping Rule for Bernoulli BanditsResearch Paper

Motivation

In best arm identification with fixed confidence, a learner samples KKK unknown distributions ("arms") one at a time, and must eventually stop and name the arm with the largest mean, with an error probability at most a prescribed risk δ\deltaδ, while using as few samples as possible. The problem goes back to the sequential design of experiments (Chernoff, 1959; Even-Dar, Mannor and Mansour, 2006) and underlies adaptive A/B testing, clinical trial design and hyperparameter selection.

Any fixed-confidence strategy consists of three parts: a sampling rule, a stopping rule and a decision rule. Garivier and Kaufmann (arXiv:1602.04589, COLT 2016) proposed the Track-and-Stop strategy, the first shown to match the asymptotic lower bound on the expected sample complexity. Its stopping rule is a generalized likelihood ratio (GLR) test, Chernoff's stopping rule. Its correctness, the guarantee that the recommended arm is wrong with probability at most δ\deltaδ, must hold whatever the sampling rule, which is what allows the sampling rule to be tuned freely for efficiency. This mission formalizes that guarantee for Bernoulli arms, Theorem 10 of the paper, with its explicit threshold β(t,δ)=log⁡(2t(K−1)/δ)\beta(t,\delta) = \log(2t(K-1)/\delta)β(t,δ)=log(2t(K−1)/δ).

Setting

The arms are A={1,…,K}\mathcal A = \{1,\dots,K\}A={1,…,K}. A Bernoulli bandit model is a mean vector μ=(μ1,…,μK)∈[0,1]K\boldsymbol\mu = (\mu_1,\dots,\mu_K) \in [0,1]^Kμ=(μ1​,…,μK​)∈[0,1]K: pulling arm aaa returns reward 111 with probability μa\mu_aμa​ and 000 otherwise, independently of the past. The class S\mathcal SS contains the models with a unique optimal arm a∗(μ)a^*(\boldsymbol\mu)a∗(μ), i.e. μa∗>μi\mu_{a^*} > \mu_iμa∗​>μi​ for all i≠a∗i \ne a^*i=a∗.

At round ttt the learner chooses an arm AtA_tAt​ as a (possibly randomized) function of the past observations and observes a reward XtX_tXt​. Write Na(t)N_a(t)Na​(t) for the number of pulls of arm aaa among the first ttt rounds, sa(t)s_a(t)sa​(t) for the number of those pulls that returned 111, and μ^a(t)=Na(t)−1∑s≤tXs1{As=a}\hat\mu_a(t) = N_a(t)^{-1}\sum_{s \le t} X_s \mathbb 1\{A_s = a\}μ^​a​(t)=Na​(t)−1∑s≤t​Xs​1{As​=a} for the empirical mean. The likelihood of arm aaa's observations under mean uuu is pu(X‾Na(t)a)=usa(t)(1−u)Na(t)−sa(t)p_u(\underline X^a_{N_a(t)}) = u^{s_a(t)}(1-u)^{N_a(t)-s_a(t)}pu​(X​Na​(t)a​)=usa​(t)(1−u)Na​(t)−sa​(t).

The GLR statistic for "arm aaa is at least as good as arm bbb" is

Za,b(t)=log⁡max⁡μa′≥μb′pμa′(X‾Na(t)a) pμb′(X‾Nb(t)b)max⁡μa′≤μb′pμa′(X‾Na(t)a) pμb′(X‾Nb(t)b).Z_{a,b}(t) = \log \frac{\max_{\mu'_a \ge \mu'_b} p_{\mu'_a}(\underline X^a_{N_a(t)})\, p_{\mu'_b}(\underline X^b_{N_b(t)})}{\max_{\mu'_a \le \mu'_b} p_{\mu'_a}(\underline X^a_{N_a(t)})\, p_{\mu'_b}(\underline X^b_{N_b(t)})}.Za,b​(t)=logmaxμa′​≤μb′​​pμa′​​(X​Na​(t)a​)pμb′​​(X​Nb​(t)b​)maxμa′​≥μb′​​pμa′​​(X​Na​(t)a​)pμb′​​(X​Nb​(t)b​)​.

Chernoff's stopping rule with exploration rate β(t,δ)\beta(t,\delta)β(t,δ) is

τδ=inf⁡{t≥1:∃a∈A, ∀b≠a, Za,b(t)>β(t,δ)},\tau_\delta = \inf\{t \ge 1 : \exists a \in \mathcal A,\ \forall b \ne a,\ Z_{a,b}(t) > \beta(t,\delta)\},τδ​=inf{t≥1:∃a∈A, ∀b=a, Za,b​(t)>β(t,δ)},

and the decision rule recommends a^τδ∈argmax⁡aμ^a(τδ)\hat a_{\tau_\delta} \in \operatorname{argmax}_a \hat\mu_a(\tau_\delta)a^τδ​​∈argmaxa​μ^​a​(τδ​).

The Krichevsky–Trofimov (KT) distribution on binary sequences x∈{0,1}nx \in \{0,1\}^nx∈{0,1}n is kt(x)=∫01(πu(1−u))−1pu(x) du\mathrm{kt}(x) = \int_0^1 \big(\pi\sqrt{u(1-u)}\big)^{-1} p_u(x)\,\mathrm dukt(x)=∫01​(πu(1−u)​)−1pu​(x)du, the Bernoulli likelihood mixed over the Beta(1/2,1/2)(1/2,1/2)(1/2,1/2) prior.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 10

For every δ∈(0,1)\delta \in (0,1)δ∈(0,1), every sampling strategy, and the threshold β(t,δ)=log⁡(2t(K−1)/δ)\beta(t,\delta) = \log\big(2t(K-1)/\delta\big)β(t,δ)=log(2t(K−1)/δ),

∀μ∈S,Pμ(τδ<∞, a^τδ≠a∗)≤δ.\forall \boldsymbol\mu \in \mathcal S,\qquad \mathbb P_{\boldsymbol\mu}\big(\tau_\delta < \infty,\ \hat a_{\tau_\delta} \ne a^*\big) \le \delta .∀μ∈S,Pμ​(τδ​<∞, a^τδ​​=a∗)≤δ.

Milestone: Lemma 11 (Willems, Shtarkov and Tjalkens, 1995)

kt\mathrm{kt}kt is a probability law on {0,1}n\{0,1\}^n{0,1}n, and for n≥1n \ge 1n≥1,

sup⁡x∈{0,1}n sup⁡u∈[0,1]pu(x)kt(x)≤2n.\sup_{x\in\{0,1\}^n}\ \sup_{u\in[0,1]} \frac{p_u(x)}{\mathrm{kt}(x)} \le 2\sqrt n .x∈{0,1}nsup​ u∈[0,1]sup​kt(x)pu​(x)​≤2n​.

Milestone: the pairwise crossing bound of Appendix C.1

With Ta,b=inf⁡{t:Za,b(t)>β(t,δ)}T_{a,b} = \inf\{t : Z_{a,b}(t) > \beta(t,\delta)\}Ta,b​=inf{t:Za,b​(t)>β(t,δ)}, for all arms with μa<μb\mu_a < \mu_bμa​<μb​,

Pμ(Ta,b<∞)≤δK−1.\mathbb P_{\boldsymbol\mu}(T_{a,b} < \infty) \le \frac{\delta}{K-1}.Pμ​(Ta,b​<∞)≤K−1δ​.

Significance

Theorem 10 decouples correctness from efficiency. Because the guarantee holds for every sampling strategy, any sampling rule, including the C-Tracking and D-Tracking rules of Track-and-Stop, the uniform rule, or a heuristic, inherits δ\deltaδ-correctness as soon as it is paired with Chernoff's stopping rule at this threshold. The asymptotic optimality result of the paper (Theorem 14) then only has to control the sample complexity. The threshold is explicit, with no unspecified constant, in contrast to the deviational threshold of Proposition 12.

The result is proved in the paper, in Appendix C.1, and rests on Lemma 11, which the paper quotes from the universal coding literature without proof. As far as the platform's catalog shows, none of these results is formalized. The platform holds a machine-checkable statement of the analogous result for Gaussian arms with the Lattimore–Szepesvári threshold (BanditAlgorithm.chernoff_stopping_rule_sound, Lemma 33.7 of Bandit Algorithms), which is a different model and a different threshold. Formalizing Theorem 10 adds a proof of Lemma 11 (the KT regret bound, reusable in information theory and universal prediction), the Bernoulli GLR statistic, and a change of measure from the true bandit law to a Bayesian mixture law on the trajectory space.

Difficulty

The obvious approach bounds, for each fixed ttt, the probability that Za,b(t)Z_{a,b}(t)Za,b​(t) exceeds β(t,δ)\beta(t,\delta)β(t,δ) by a concentration inequality and sums over ttt. This fails: the sampling strategy is arbitrary and adaptive, so Na(t)N_a(t)Na​(t) and Nb(t)N_b(t)Nb​(t) are random and depend on the past rewards, and a fixed-sample-size deviation bound does not apply; a union bound over the possible values of the counts loses more than the threshold allows. The maximum likelihood in the numerator of Za,bZ_{a,b}Za,b​ is also not a probability density, so the likelihood ratio cannot directly be read as a change of measure. The argument must control the whole trajectory law under an arbitrary randomized policy, and must handle empty samples (an arm never pulled contributes likelihood 111) and the boundary means 000 and 111.

Formalization scope

The formalization is in Lean 4 with Mathlib and reuses the platform's canonical bandit model: StochasticBandit, BanditPolicy (a Markov kernel per round from the observed history to the next arm, so randomized strategies are included), banditTrajMeasure (the law of the infinite trajectory, where coordinate sss is round s+1s+1s+1) and IsSoundBAI from BanditTrajectory; bernoulliBandit from bernoulliRelativeEntropy; and only the pull counts trajPullCount and empirical means trajEmpiricalMean from TrackAndStop. The Gaussian GLR and threshold of TrackAndStop are not used.

Conventions committed to:

  • Arms are Fin K. Bernoulli means range over [0,1][0,1][0,1], degenerate laws included; the paper's exponential-family mean space is (0,1)(0,1)(0,1), so the [0,1][0,1][0,1] statement implies the paper's.
  • Za,b(t)Z_{a,b}(t)Za,b​(t) is defined as the ratio of the two maxima over [0,1]2[0,1]^2[0,1]2, not by the closed form (7), which holds only when μ^a(t)≥μ^b(t)\hat\mu_a(t) \ge \hat\mu_b(t)μ^​a​(t)≥μ^​b​(t). Both maxima are attained and positive.
  • The stopping rule ranges over t≥1t \ge 1t≥1; at t=0t = 0t=0 there is no observation and the paper's β(0,δ)=log⁡0\beta(0,\delta) = \log 0β(0,δ)=log0 is undefined. τδ=∞\tau_\delta = \inftyτδ​=∞ when the rule never fires.
  • The decision rule is quantified: the goal holds for every recommendation that maximizes the empirical mean at τδ\tau_\deltaτδ​, whatever the tie-breaking.
  • Probabilities of events are outer measures under the trajectory law; no measurability is assumed.
  • K≥1K \ge 1K≥1 only. For K=1K = 1K=1 the statement is trivially true (no suboptimal arm).

Disclosed deviations from the page: Lemma 11's ratio bound is stated for n≥1n \ge 1n≥1, since at n=0n = 0n=0 the printed bound reads 1≤01 \le 01≤0; the use of the lemma in Appendix C.1 is unaffected. Appendix C.1 calls the result "Proposition 10" (a slip for Theorem 10) and prints the KT density as 1/πu(1−u)1/\sqrt{\pi u(1-u)}1/πu(1−u)​ (a slip for 1/(πu(1−u))1/(\pi\sqrt{u(1-u)})1/(πu(1−u)​) of Lemma 11, which is the normalized one); the formalization follows Lemma 11.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: stating the result for Gaussian arms or with the Lattimore–Szepesvári threshold is the platform's existing Lemma 33.7 and is not Theorem 10, and a free decision rule without the argmax hypothesis would make the claim false rather than faithful.

Contributions welcome: a proof of Lemma 11; a change-of-measure lemma for banditTrajMeasure under a mixture of environments; and the union-bound reduction from the goal to the pairwise claim.

Selected references

  • A. Garivier, E. Kaufmann, Optimal Best Arm Identification with Fixed Confidence, COLT 2016 (JMLR W&CP 49), arXiv:1602.04589v2, 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1602.04589
  • F. M. J. Willems, Y. M. Shtarkov, T. J. Tjalkens, The context-tree weighting method: basic properties, IEEE Transactions on Information Theory 41(3), 1995. https://doi.org/10.1109/18.382012
  • R. Krichevsky, V. Trofimov, The performance of universal encoding, IEEE Transactions on Information Theory 27(2), 1981. https://doi.org/10.1109/TIT.1981.1056331
  • H. Chernoff, Sequential design of experiments, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 30(3), 1959. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177706205
  • T. Lattimore, C. Szepesvári, Bandit Algorithms, Cambridge University Press, 2020, Chapter 33. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108571401
10 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
ProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Uniform Convergence of Relative Frequencies of Events to Their Probabilities III: Uniform Convergence and the Entropy per ObservationResearch Paper

Motivation

Estimating a probability by the relative frequency of the event in an independent sample is justified for one event by the law of large numbers. Statistics and learning theory need more: the frequencies of a whole class of events SSS must approach their probabilities simultaneously, so that a quantity chosen after looking at the data (the empirical risk minimizer, the empirical distribution function) is still close to its expectation. Glivenko's theorem on the empirical distribution function is the classical instance; empirical risk minimization rests on the same property for the class of loss sets of a model.

Vapnik and Chervonenkis, On the Uniform Convergence of Relative Frequencies of Events to Their Probabilities, Theory Probab. Appl. 16 (1971), treat this question in two parts. The first gives a distribution-free sufficient condition through the growth function (Theorems 1–3). The second, which this mission formalizes, gives a condition that is necessary and sufficient for a fixed distribution: Theorem 4, the entropy criterion.

Timeline. 1933: Glivenko and Cantelli prove uniform convergence for the class of rays {x≤a}\{x \le a\}{x≤a} on the line. 1968: Vapnik and Chervonenkis announce the results in Dokl. Akad. Nauk SSSR 181. 1971: the full paper appears, with the growth-function bound and the entropy criterion. Later work (Talagrand 1987; Dudley, Giné and Zinn 1991) recasts such criteria as the theory of Glivenko–Cantelli classes.

Setting

Let XXX be a set carrying a probability measure PPP, and SSS a collection of measurable subsets of XXX (events). A sample of size lll is a sequence x1,…,xlx_1, \dots, x_lx1​,…,xl​ of independent draws from PPP; repetitions are allowed. For A∈SA \in SA∈S the relative frequency νA(l)\nu_A^{(l)}νA(l)​ is the fraction of sample terms lying in AAA, and PA=P(A)P_A = P(A)PA​=P(A). The maximal deviation is

π(l)(x1,…,xl)=sup⁡A∈S∣νA(l)−PA∣.\pi^{(l)}(x_1, \dots, x_l) = \sup_{A \in S} \bigl|\nu_A^{(l)} - P_A\bigr| .π(l)(x1​,…,xl​)=A∈Ssup​​νA(l)​−PA​​.

The relative frequencies converge in probability to the probabilities uniformly over SSS when P{π(l)>ε}→0\mathbf{P}\{\pi^{(l)} > \varepsilon\} \to 0P{π(l)>ε}→0 as l→∞l \to \inftyl→∞ for every ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0.

Each A∈SA \in SA∈S induces in a sample the subsample of terms lying in AAA. The index ΔS(x1,…,xl)\Delta^S(x_1, \dots, x_l)ΔS(x1​,…,xl​) is the number of different subsamples induced by the sets of SSS; it lies between 000 and 2l2^l2l. The entropy of SSS in samples of size lll is

HS(l)=Elog⁡2ΔS(x1,…,xl).H^S(l) = \mathbf{E} \log_2 \Delta^S(x_1, \dots, x_l) .HS(l)=Elog2​ΔS(x1​,…,xl​).

For a sample of size 2l2l2l, split into halves x1,…,xlx_1, \dots, x_lx1​,…,xl​ and xl+1,…,x2lx_{l+1}, \dots, x_{2l}xl+1​,…,x2l​ with relative frequencies νA′\nu'_AνA′​ and νA′′\nu''_AνA′′​, the semi-sample deviation is ρ(l)=sup⁡A∈S∣νA′−νA′′∣\rho^{(l)} = \sup_{A \in S} |\nu'_A - \nu''_A|ρ(l)=supA∈S​∣νA′​−νA′′​∣. Finally Φ(n,r)\Phi(n, r)Φ(n,r) is defined by the recurrence Φ(n,r)=Φ(n,r−1)+Φ(n−1,r−1)\Phi(n, r) = \Phi(n, r-1) + \Phi(n-1, r-1)Φ(n,r)=Φ(n,r−1)+Φ(n−1,r−1), Φ(0,r)=Φ(n,0)=1\Phi(0, r) = \Phi(n, 0) = 1Φ(0,r)=Φ(n,0)=1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4 (p. 275)

(∀ε>0: lim⁡l→∞P{π(l)>ε}=0)  ⟺  lim⁡l→∞HS(l)l=0.\Bigl(\forall \varepsilon > 0:\ \lim_{l\to\infty} \mathbf{P}\{\pi^{(l)} > \varepsilon\} = 0\Bigr) \iff \lim_{l \to \infty} \frac{H^S(l)}{l} = 0 .(∀ε>0: l→∞lim​P{π(l)>ε}=0)⟺l→∞lim​lHS(l)​=0.

Milestones

  1. Entropy rate. (12) ΔS(x1,…,xl)≤ΔS(x1,…,xk)ΔS(xk+1,…,xl)\Delta^S(x_1, \dots, x_l) \le \Delta^S(x_1, \dots, x_k)\Delta^S(x_{k+1}, \dots, x_l)ΔS(x1​,…,xl​)≤ΔS(x1​,…,xk​)ΔS(xk+1​,…,xl​); the subadditivity HS(l1+l2)≤HS(l1)+HS(l2)H^S(l_1 + l_2) \le H^S(l_1) + H^S(l_2)HS(l1​+l2​)≤HS(l1​)+HS(l2​); Lemma 3, HS(l)/l→c∈[0,1]H^S(l)/l \to c \in [0, 1]HS(l)/l→c∈[0,1]; Lemma 4, P(∣l−1log⁡2ΔS−c∣>ε)→0\mathbf{P}(|l^{-1}\log_2 \Delta^S - c| > \varepsilon) \to 0P(∣l−1log2​ΔS−c∣>ε)→0.
  2. Sufficiency. Lemma 2, P{π(l)>ε}≤2 P{ρ(l)≥ε/2}\mathbf{P}\{\pi^{(l)} > \varepsilon\} \le 2\,\mathbf{P}\{\rho^{(l)} \ge \varepsilon/2\}P{π(l)>ε}≤2P{ρ(l)≥ε/2} for l≥2/ε2l \ge 2/\varepsilon^2l≥2/ε2; the per-sample permutation bound 2ΔS(x1,…,x2l)e−ε2l/82\Delta^S(x_1, \dots, x_{2l}) e^{-\varepsilon^2 l/8}2ΔS(x1​,…,x2l​)e−ε2l/8; and
P{ρ(l)≥ε2}≤2(2e)ε2l/8+P{12llog⁡2ΔS(x1,…,x2l)>ε216}.\mathbf{P}\{\rho^{(l)} \ge \tfrac{\varepsilon}{2}\} \le 2\Bigl(\frac{2}{e}\Bigr)^{\varepsilon^2 l/8} + \mathbf{P}\Bigl\{\tfrac{1}{2l}\log_2 \Delta^S(x_1, \dots, x_{2l}) > \tfrac{\varepsilon^2}{16}\Bigr\} .P{ρ(l)≥2ε​}≤2(e2​)ε2l/8+P{2l1​log2​ΔS(x1​,…,x2l​)>16ε2​}.
  1. Necessity. Lemma 1 (Sauer–Shelah in sequence form); step 1°, 1−P(C′)≥(1−P(Q))21 - \mathbf{P}(C') \ge (1 - \mathbf{P}(Q))^21−P(C′)≥(1−P(Q))2 with C′={ρ(l)>2ε}C' = \{\rho^{(l)} > 2\varepsilon\}C′={ρ(l)>2ε}; (26), P{ΔS>Φ([ql],l)}→1\mathbf{P}\{\Delta^S > \Phi([ql], l)\} \to 1P{ΔS>Φ([ql],l)}→1 when 0<q<140 < q < \frac140<q<41​ and qlog⁡2(2e/q)<cq\log_2(2e/q) < cqlog2​(2e/q)<c; and (29), P{π(l)>ε}→1\mathbf{P}\{\pi^{(l)} > \varepsilon\} \to 1P{π(l)>ε}→1 when moreover 0<ε<q/70 < \varepsilon < q/70<ε<q/7.

Significance

Theorem 4 characterizes uniform convergence for a given distribution exactly, with no gap between the necessary and the sufficient condition. It separates the cases the growth-function bound cannot: a class may have mS(l)=2lm^S(l) = 2^lmS(l)=2l for every lll (all open subsets of [0,1][0,1][0,1]) and still satisfy HS(l)/l→0H^S(l)/l \to 0HS(l)/l→0 under a particular PPP, or fail it. The entropy HS(l)H^S(l)HS(l) is the distribution-dependent quantity from which later work on Glivenko–Cantelli classes and on consistency of empirical risk minimization proceeds; the 1981 paper of the same authors extends the criterion to classes of functions. The quantitative form (29) states more than the negation of convergence: when the entropy rate is positive, the maximal deviation stays above a fixed ε\varepsilonε with probability tending to one.

The result has been proved since 1971; it has not been formalized. The platform holds Sauer–Shelah variants over sets of distinct points and PAC bounds with other constants, but no statement of the VC entropy or of Theorem 4. The mission produces machine-checked statements of the entropy criterion and of its supporting lemmas with the paper's own constants (l≥2/ε2l \ge 2/\varepsilon^2l≥2/ε2, 2e−ε2l/82e^{-\varepsilon^2 l/8}2e−ε2l/8, δ=ε2/16\delta = \varepsilon^2/16δ=ε2/16, ε<q/7\varepsilon < q/7ε<q/7).

Difficulty

The sufficiency half is a variant of the proof of the growth-function bound; its new ingredient is the concentration of l−1log⁡2ΔSl^{-1} \log_2 \Delta^Sl−1log2​ΔS (Lemma 4), which needs subadditivity and a law of large numbers over independent blocks of the sample rather than a single mean estimate. The hypergeometric tail estimate behind the permutation bound is omitted in the paper ("a simple but long computation").

Necessity is harder. The obvious attempt, bounding P{π(l)>ε}\mathbf{P}\{\pi^{(l)} > \varepsilon\}P{π(l)>ε} from below by exhibiting a single bad event, fails: SSS may be uncountable and no single AAA deviates with non-vanishing probability. A positive entropy rate has to be converted into a combinatorial statement about typical samples ((26) combines Lemma 4 with an estimate of Φ([ql],l)\Phi([ql], l)Φ([ql],l)), and that statement back into a lower bound on a probability over the product measure; the constants q<14q < \frac14q<41​ and ε<q/7\varepsilon < q/7ε<q/7 must be tracked through both conversions, and the conclusion lim⁡P{π(l)>ε}=1\lim \mathbf{P}\{\pi^{(l)} > \varepsilon\} = 1limP{π(l)>ε}=1 needs the unweakened inequality of step 1°.

Formalization scope

A sample of size lll is a function Fin l → X (positions 0,…,l−10, \dots, l-10,…,l−1) and its law is the product measure Measure.pi (fun _ => P), with P a probability measure. A subsample is a set of positions, so the index counts distinct Finset (Fin l) of the form {i:xi∈A}\{i : x_i \in A\}{i:xi​∈A}. The halves of x : Fin (l + l) → X are x ∘ Fin.castAdd l and x ∘ Fin.natAdd l. PAP_APA​ is P.real A; the suprema π(l)\pi^{(l)}π(l) and ρ(l)\rho^{(l)}ρ(l) are real suprema over the subtype of SSS (values in [0,1][0,1][0,1]; 000 for S=∅S = \emptysetS=∅). HS(l)H^S(l)HS(l) is a Bochner integral of Real.logb 2 of the index, and [ql][ql][ql] is ⌊q * l⌋₊. Probabilities are values in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞], except in the inequalities between probabilities (step 1°, the sufficiency estimate), which use Measure.real.

Measurability. The paper assumes, and the statements carry as hypotheses, that the events of SSS are measurable (p. 264), that π(l)\pi^{(l)}π(l) is a random variable (p. 265), that ρ(l)\rho^{(l)}ρ(l) is measurable (p. 268), and that the index is measurable in the sample (p. 273). Each statement carries the ones its proof uses. Without them the Bochner integral defining HS(l)H^S(l)HS(l) can be the junk value 000 and the equivalence can fail; replacing them by "SSS countable" would weaken the theorem. The goal is not trivialized by degenerate cases: the equivalence is not vacuous for any class, and S=∅S = \emptysetS=∅ gives the true instance HS=0H^S = 0HS=0, π(l)=0\pi^{(l)} = 0π(l)=0.

Corrections of the printed text. Lemma 2 is printed for l>2/ε2l > 2/\varepsilon^2l>2/ε2; its proof gives l≥2/ε2l \ge 2/\varepsilon^2l≥2/ε2, which is stated. On p. 275 Lemma 2 is recalled as "2P(C)≥12P(Q)2\mathbf{P}(C) \ge \frac12 P(Q)2P(C)≥21​P(Q)", meaning P(C)≥12P(Q)\mathbf{P}(C) \ge \frac12\mathbf{P}(Q)P(C)≥21​P(Q). On p. 276 the first display carries a stray upper limit "4" on the integral, and the region of integration is printed {log⁡2ΔS≤2δ}\{\log_2 \Delta^S \le 2\delta\}{log2​ΔS≤2δ} where {log⁡2ΔS≤2δl}\{\log_2\Delta^S \le 2\delta l\}{log2​ΔS≤2δl} is meant. The event C′C'C′ is defined with ">2ε> 2\varepsilon>2ε" (p. 276) but integrated in step 3° as θ(⋅−2ε)\theta(\cdot - 2\varepsilon)θ(⋅−2ε), which counts "≥2ε\ge 2\varepsilon≥2ε"; the strict form is stated, and the estimate of step 3° is itself strict. Step 1° is stated unweakened. Milestone texts are verbatim.

Contributions welcome: a reusable development of the index and its submultiplicativity, the hypergeometric tail bound for sampling without replacement, a block law of large numbers for subadditive functionals of i.i.d. samples, and the permutation-invariance argument for product measures on Fin (l + l) → X.

Selected references

  • V. N. Vapnik and A. Ya. Chervonenkis, On the uniform convergence of relative frequencies of events to their probabilities, Theory of Probability and Its Applications 16(2) (1971), 264–280. https://doi.org/10.1137/1116025
  • V. N. Vapnik and A. Ya. Chervonenkis, Necessary and sufficient conditions for the uniform convergence of means to their expectations, Theory of Probability and Its Applications 26(3) (1981), 532–553. https://doi.org/10.1137/1126059
  • M. Talagrand, The Glivenko–Cantelli problem, Annals of Probability 15(3) (1987), 837–870. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176992069
  • R. M. Dudley, E. Giné and J. Zinn, Uniform and universal Glivenko–Cantelli classes, Journal of Theoretical Probability 4(3) (1991), 485–510. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01210321
16 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability+1·Captain: mikedeng1

A Distributional Interpretation of Robust Optimization II: Box-Robust Sample Average Optimization Is ConsistentResearch Paper

Why robustify a sampled stochastic program

Many decision problems under uncertainty take the form of a stochastic program: choose a decision vvv from a feasible set F\mathcal FF to maximise the expected utility Ex∼μ[f(v,x)]\mathbb E_{x\sim\mu}[f(v,x)]Ex∼μ​[f(v,x)], where the distribution μ\muμ of the uncertain parameter x∈Rmx\in\mathbb R^mx∈Rm is known only through i.i.d. samples x1,…,xnx_1,\dots,x_nx1​,…,xn​. The standard remedy, sample average approximation, maximises 1n∑if(v,xi)\frac1n\sum_i f(v,x_i)n1​∑i​f(v,xi​) instead. Its consistency (convergence of the optimal expected utility of its solutions to the true optimum) is classical, but it needs regularity assumptions of its own, for example those of King and Wets (Stochastics and Stochastic Reports, 1991), cited on p. 98 of the paper; the paper presents its construction as a route to consistency under weaker conditions.

Robust optimization (RO) takes a different route: it protects each sample by an uncertainty set and optimises against the worst point in it. Xu, Caramanis and Mannor (Math. Oper. Res. 2012) show that RO over several overlapping uncertainty sets is equivalent to a distributionally robust stochastic program (their Theorem 2.1, the subject of mission I of this series). Section 3 of the paper uses that equivalence to show that a specific robustification of the sampled problem, with ℓ∞\ell_\inftyℓ∞​ boxes of shrinking radius around each sample, is consistent under only boundedness and equicontinuity of fff. This mission formalizes that result, Theorem 3.1.

Setting

Equip Rm\mathbb R^mRm with the sup norm ∥z∥∞=max⁡k∣zk∣\|z\|_\infty=\max_k|z_k|∥z∥∞​=maxk​∣zk​∣, its Borel σ\sigmaσ-algebra and Lebesgue measure dxdxdx. The data are:

  • a set of decisions VVV and a nonempty feasible set F⊆V\mathcal F\subseteq VF⊆V;
  • a utility f:V×Rm→Rf:V\times\mathbb R^m\to\mathbb Rf:V×Rm→R, Borel measurable in xxx for each vvv;
  • a true density h∗h^*h∗ on Rm\mathbb R^mRm (nonnegative, ∫h∗ dx=1\int h^*\,dx=1∫h∗dx=1) and i.i.d. samples x1,x2,…x_1,x_2,\dotsx1​,x2​,… with distribution h∗(x) dxh^*(x)\,dxh∗(x)dx;
  • radii ϵ(n)>0\epsilon(n)>0ϵ(n)>0.

For a sample x1,…,xnx_1,\dots,x_nx1​,…,xn​ the boxes are Zi={xi+δ∣∥δ∥∞≤ϵ(n)}\mathcal Z_i=\{x_i+\delta\mid\|\delta\|_\infty\le\epsilon(n)\}Zi​={xi​+δ∣∥δ∥∞​≤ϵ(n)}, and the box-robust sample objective is

Jn(v)=1n∑i=1n inf⁡∥δi∥∞≤ϵ(n)f(v,xi+δi)=∑i=1n1ninf⁡xi′∈Zif(v,xi′).J_n(v)=\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n\ \inf_{\|\delta_i\|_\infty\le\epsilon(n)}f(v,x_i+\delta_i)=\sum_{i=1}^n\frac1n\inf_{x_i'\in\mathcal Z_i}f(v,x_i').Jn​(v)=n1​i=1∑n​ ∥δi​∥∞​≤ϵ(n)inf​f(v,xi​+δi​)=i=1∑n​n1​xi′​∈Zi​inf​f(v,xi′​).

The RO solution v(n)v(n)v(n) is a maximiser of JnJ_nJn​ over F\mathcal FF. The equicontinuity modulus of fff is

d(ϵ)=sup⁡v, x, ∥δ∥∞≤ϵ∣f(v,x)−f(v,x+δ)∣.d(\epsilon)=\sup_{v,\,x,\ \|\delta\|_\infty\le\epsilon}|f(v,x)-f(v,x+\delta)|.d(ϵ)=v,x, ∥δ∥∞​≤ϵsup​∣f(v,x)−f(v,x+δ)∣.

The proof works with the distribution set Pn\mathcal P_nPn​ of probability measures μ\muμ with μ(⋃i∈SZi)≥∣S∣/n\mu(\bigcup_{i\in S}\mathcal Z_i)\ge|S|/nμ(⋃i∈S​Zi​)≥∣S∣/n for every S⊆{1,…,n}S\subseteq\{1,\dots,n\}S⊆{1,…,n}, and with the uniform box kernel density estimator

hn(x)=(nϵ(n)m)−1∑i=1nK(x−xiϵ(n)),K(z)=1(∥z∥∞≤1)2m.h_n(x)=(n\epsilon(n)^m)^{-1}\sum_{i=1}^nK\Big(\frac{x-x_i}{\epsilon(n)}\Big),\qquad K(z)=\frac{\mathbf 1(\|z\|_\infty\le1)}{2^m}.hn​(x)=(nϵ(n)m)−1i=1∑n​K(ϵ(n)x−xi​​),K(z)=2m1(∥z∥∞​≤1)​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1 (p. 98)

Assume ∣f(v,x)∣≤C|f(v,x)|\le C∣f(v,x)∣≤C for all v,xv,xv,x; d(ϵ)→0d(\epsilon)\to0d(ϵ)→0 as ϵ↓0\epsilon\downarrow0ϵ↓0; ϵ(n)↓0\epsilon(n)\downarrow0ϵ(n)↓0 and nϵ(n)m↑∞n\epsilon(n)^m\uparrow\inftynϵ(n)m↑∞. Then for every choice of maximisers v(n)v(n)v(n), with probability one,

lim⁡n→∞∫Rmf(v(n),x) h∗(x) dx=sup⁡v∈F∫Rmf(v,x) h∗(x) dx.\lim_{n\to\infty}\int_{\mathbb R^m}f(v(n),x)\,h^*(x)\,dx=\sup_{v\in\mathcal F}\int_{\mathbb R^m}f(v,x)\,h^*(x)\,dx .n→∞lim​∫Rm​f(v(n),x)h∗(x)dx=v∈Fsup​∫Rm​f(v,x)h∗(x)dx.

Milestones (proof of Theorem 3.1, p. 99)

  1. hnh_nhn​ is the density of a probability measure in Pn\mathcal P_nPn​.
  2. Jn(v)≤∫f(v,x) hn(x) dxJ_n(v)\le\int f(v,x)\,h_n(x)\,dxJn​(v)≤∫f(v,x)hn​(x)dx for every vvv.
  3. Oscillation over a box: sup⁡Zif(v,⋅)−inf⁡Zif(v,⋅)≤d(2ϵ(n))\sup_{\mathcal Z_i}f(v,\cdot)-\inf_{\mathcal Z_i}f(v,\cdot)\le d(2\epsilon(n))supZi​​f(v,⋅)−infZi​​f(v,⋅)≤d(2ϵ(n)).
  4. Eq. (7): with Mn=C∫∣hn−h∗∣ dxM_n=C\int|h_n-h^*|\,dxMn​=C∫∣hn​−h∗∣dx, for every vvv,
Jn(v)−Mn≤∫f(v,x)h∗(x) dx≤Jn(v)+Mn+d(2ϵ(n)).J_n(v)-M_n\le\int f(v,x)h^*(x)\,dx\le J_n(v)+M_n+d(2\epsilon(n)).Jn​(v)−Mn​≤∫f(v,x)h∗(x)dx≤Jn​(v)+Mn​+d(2ϵ(n)).
  1. Strong L1L^1L1 consistency of the box kernel density estimator: if ϵ(n)→0\epsilon(n)\to0ϵ(n)→0 and nϵ(n)m→∞n\epsilon(n)^m\to\inftynϵ(n)m→∞, then ∫∣hn−h∗∣ dx→0\int|h_n-h^*|\,dx\to0∫∣hn​−h∗∣dx→0 almost surely.

Milestones 1–4 are deterministic statements about a fixed sample; milestone 5 is the only probabilistic input.

Significance

Theorem 3.1 gives consistency of a tractable robust reformulation of a sampled stochastic program under conditions the paper notes are weaker than those of King and Wets for sampled stochastic programs: fff need only be bounded and equicontinuous in xxx, uniformly in vvv, and the true distribution need only have a density. It also gives an explicit schedule for the size of the uncertainty set, ϵ(n)→0\epsilon(n)\to0ϵ(n)→0 with nϵ(n)m→∞n\epsilon(n)^m\to\inftynϵ(n)m→∞, the bandwidth condition of kernel density estimation. Section 4 of the paper applies the same distributional interpretation to regularised learning methods such as the support vector machine and the Lasso.

The result is proved in the paper, with the L1L^1L1 consistency of kernel density estimators (Devroye 1983; Devroye and Györfi 1985) cited rather than proved. No part of it is formalized in Lean or on this platform as far as a search of the platform found. A complete development would produce, besides Theorem 3.1, a machine-checked strong L1L^1L1 consistency theorem for kernel density estimators, which is a basic result of nonparametric statistics in its own right.

Difficulty

The deterministic part (milestones 1–4) is measure-theoretic bookkeeping: the kernel integrates to one only because the box is a sup-norm ball of volume (2ϵ)m(2\epsilon)^m(2ϵ)m, and every infimum and supremum must be handled with care, since fff need not attain them.

The obstacle is milestone 5. Almost-sure L1L^1L1 convergence of hnh_nhn​ to an arbitrary density h∗h^*h∗, with no continuity or support assumption, does not follow from the strong law of large numbers applied pointwise: hn(x)h_n(x)hn​(x) is an average of nnn terms whose law changes with nnn through ϵ(n)\epsilon(n)ϵ(n), and almost-sure convergence at each fixed xxx does not give convergence of the integral along a single sample path. The theorem needs both a bias estimate valid for every integrable density and a concentration estimate for the random L1L^1L1 error. Mathlib has Lebesgue differentiation and the strong law, but no kernel density estimator and no such concentration result.

Formalization scope

  • Rm\mathbb R^mRm is Fin m → ℝ, whose Mathlib norm is the sup norm; boxes are Metric.closedBall. The integrals ∫f(v,x)h∗(x) dx\int f(v,x)h^*(x)\,dx∫f(v,x)h∗(x)dx are Bochner integrals against Lebesgue measure of integrable integrands.
  • The samples are a sequence X : ℕ → Ω → Fin m → ℝ on a probability space, independent (iIndepFun) and each with law volume.withDensity h*; x1,x2,…x_1,x_2,\dotsx1​,x2​,… become X 0, X 1, …, and the nnn-th problem uses the first nnn. "With probability one" is ∀ᵐ ω ∂P.
  • The goal quantifies over every selection v(n)v(n)v(n) of maximisers, with no measurability assumed; a version with one chosen maximiser would be weaker and is ruled out.
  • Readings and corrections of the printed text:
    • the kernel argument printed (x−xi)/ϵ(x-x_i)/\epsilon(x−xi​)/ϵ on p. 98 is read as (x−xi)/ϵ(n)(x-x_i)/\epsilon(n)(x−xi​)/ϵ(n), as the proof on p. 99 writes it;
    • "max⁡v,x∣f(v,x)∣≤C\max_{v,x}|f(v,x)|\le Cmaxv,x​∣f(v,x)∣≤C" is read as the uniform bound ∣f∣≤C|f|\le C∣f∣≤C and the "max" in d(ϵ)d(\epsilon)d(ϵ) as a supremum;
    • "d(ϵ)↓0d(\epsilon)\downarrow0d(ϵ)↓0" is read as d(ϵ)→0d(\epsilon)\to0d(ϵ)→0 as ϵ↓0\epsilon\downarrow0ϵ↓0;
    • implicit hypotheses made explicit: F≠∅\mathcal F\ne\emptysetF=∅, ϵ(n)>0\epsilon(n)>0ϵ(n)>0, measurability of f(v,⋅)f(v,\cdot)f(v,⋅), h∗h^*h∗ a Lebesgue density;
    • the monotonicity in "ϵ(n)↓0\epsilon(n)\downarrow0ϵ(n)↓0, nϵ(n)m↑∞n\epsilon(n)^m\uparrow\inftynϵ(n)m↑∞" is kept in the goal; milestone 5 uses the limits only, as the paper states it;
    • the paper's MnM_nMn​ ("there exists {Mn}→0\{M_n\}\to0{Mn​}→0") is made explicit as Mn=C∫∣hn−h∗∣M_n=C\int|h_n-h^*|Mn​=C∫∣hn​−h∗∣, so Eq. (7) is stated for every sample.
  • Remark 3.2 and Appendix B (an integrable envelope in place of boundedness) are not part of this mission.
  • Every real infimum and supremum ranges over a nonempty set of values bounded by CCC in absolute value, so no statement holds through a junk value; a formalization in which the supremum over F\mathcal FF or the box infimum could be vacuous is excluded.
  • The definitions (boxes, Pn\mathcal P_nPn​, the kernel, the estimator, JnJ_nJn​, ddd) live in one definition file. Pn\mathcal P_nPn​ duplicates, with weights 1/n1/n1/n, the distribution set of mission I; the duplication is deliberate because draft missions cannot import each other.
  • Welcome contributions: the kernel density estimator and its strong L1L^1L1 consistency as reusable infrastructure, and any of the deterministic milestones.

Selected references

  • H. Xu, C. Caramanis, S. Mannor, A Distributional Interpretation of Robust Optimization, Mathematics of Operations Research 37(1):95–110, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1110.0531
  • L. Devroye, The equivalence of weak, strong and complete convergence in L1L_1L1​ for kernel density estimates, Annals of Statistics 11(3):896–904, 1983.
  • L. Devroye, L. Györfi, Nonparametric Density Estimation: The L1L_1L1​ View, Wiley, 1985.
  • A. J. King, R. J.-B. Wets, Epi-consistency of convex stochastic programs, Stochastics and Stochastic Reports 34(1), 1991 (reference [22] of the paper).
7 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
ProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Learnability, Stability and Uniform Convergence III: For an ERM, Leave-One-Out Stability, Universal Consistency and Universal Generalization Are EquivalentResearch Paper

Motivation

Algorithmic stability asks how much the output of a learning algorithm changes when its training sample is perturbed. Since Devroye and Wagner (IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory 1979) it has served as a route to generalization bounds that does not go through the complexity of the hypothesis class. Bousquet and Elisseeff (JMLR 2002) popularised uniform stability, and Mukherjee, Niyogi, Poggio and Rifkin (Adv. Comput. Math. 2006) showed that for empirical risk minimisation in supervised learning, a leave-one-out type of stability is necessary and sufficient for consistency.

Shalev-Shwartz, Shamir, Srebro and Sridharan (JMLR 11, 2010) study stability in Vapnik's General Learning Setting, where uniform convergence can fail even though the problem is learnable. In Appendix A.2 they compare replace-one and leave-one-out (LOO) stability. For an empirical risk minimiser they prove that LOO stability is equivalent to consistency and to generalization, provided each property holds with one rate for all distributions (Theorem 31, p. 2667). This mission formalizes that theorem and the lemmas of Section 5.3 on which its proof rests.

Timeline:

  • 1979, Devroye–Wagner: leave-one-out estimates for local rules.
  • 2002, Bousquet–Elisseeff: uniform stability implies generalization.
  • 2002, Kutin–Niyogi (UAI 2002): a taxonomy of stability notions.
  • 2006, Mukherjee et al.: LOO stability characterises consistency of ERM in supervised learning.
  • 2010, Shalev-Shwartz et al.: in the General Learning Setting, for ERMs, LOO stability, universal consistency and universal generalization are equivalent (Theorem 31). Universally consistent AERMs need not be LOO stable (Example 6).

Setting

A learning problem consists of an instance space Z\mathcal ZZ with a σ\sigmaσ-algebra, a nonempty hypothesis class H\mathcal HH, and an objective f:H×Z→Rf:\mathcal H\times\mathcal Z\to\mathbb Rf:H×Z→R with ∣f(h;z)∣≤B|f(h;z)|\le B∣f(h;z)∣≤B for all h,zh,zh,z. For a probability measure D\mathcal DD on Z\mathcal ZZ:

  • the risk is F(h)=Ez∼D[f(h;z)]F(h)=\mathbb E_{z\sim\mathcal D}[f(h;z)]F(h)=Ez∼D​[f(h;z)] and the optimal risk is F∗=inf⁡hF(h)F^*=\inf_{h}F(h)F∗=infh​F(h);
  • for a sample S=(z1,…,zm)∼DmS=(z_1,\dots,z_m)\sim\mathcal D^mS=(z1​,…,zm​)∼Dm of mmm i.i.d. draws, the empirical risk is FS(h)=1m∑if(h;zi)F_S(h)=\frac1m\sum_{i}f(h;z_i)FS​(h)=m1​∑i​f(h;zi​), and FS(h^S)=inf⁡hFS(h)F_S(\hat h_S)=\inf_hF_S(h)FS​(h^S​)=infh​FS​(h) denotes the minimal empirical risk;
  • a learning rule AAA maps each sample of size m≥1m\ge1m≥1 to a hypothesis A(S)A(S)A(S). It is an ERM if FS(A(S))=FS(h^S)F_S(A(S))=F_S(\hat h_S)FS​(A(S))=FS​(h^S​) for every sample. It is an AERM with rate εerm\varepsilon_{\mathrm{erm}}εerm​ if E[FS(A(S))−FS(h^S)]≤εerm(m)\mathbb E[F_S(A(S))-F_S(\hat h_S)]\le\varepsilon_{\mathrm{erm}}(m)E[FS​(A(S))−FS​(h^S​)]≤εerm​(m);
  • AAA is consistent with rate ε\varepsilonε if ES∼Dm[F(A(S))−F∗]≤ε(m)\mathbb E_{S\sim\mathcal D^m}[F(A(S))-F^*]\le\varepsilon(m)ES∼Dm​[F(A(S))−F∗]≤ε(m). It generalizes with rate ε\varepsilonε if E[∣F(A(S))−FS(A(S))∣]≤ε(m)\mathbb E[|F(A(S))-F_S(A(S))|]\le\varepsilon(m)E[∣F(A(S))−FS​(A(S))∣]≤ε(m), and it on-average generalizes if ∣E[F(A(S))−FS(A(S))]∣≤ε(m)|\mathbb E[F(A(S))-F_S(A(S))]|\le\varepsilon(m)∣E[F(A(S))−FS​(A(S))]∣≤ε(m);
  • writing S∖iS^{\setminus i}S∖i for SSS with ziz_izi​ removed, AAA is LOO stable with rate ε\varepsilonε (Definition 29) if
1m∑i=1mES∼Dm[∣f(A(S∖i);zi)−f(A(S);zi)∣]≤ε(m).\frac1m\sum_{i=1}^m\mathbb E_{S\sim\mathcal D^m}\Big[\big|f(A(S^{\setminus i});z_i)-f(A(S);z_i)\big|\Big]\le\varepsilon(m).m1​i=1∑m​ES∼Dm​[​f(A(S∖i);zi​)−f(A(S);zi​)​]≤ε(m).

A rate is a sequence ε(m)\varepsilon(m)ε(m) that is non-increasing and tends to 000. A property holds universally if it holds under every D\mathcal DD with one and the same rate.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 31

For an ERM AAA:

A universally LOO stable  ⟺  A universally consistent  ⟺  A universally generalizes.A\ \text{universally LOO stable}\iff A\ \text{universally consistent}\iff A\ \text{universally generalizes}.A universally LOO stable⟺A universally consistent⟺A universally generalizes.

The statement has no rates. Each side asserts that some rate exists and serves every distribution.

Milestones

In the order the proof uses them:

  1. Utility Lemma 12: E∣X−EX∣≤B/m\mathbb E|X-\mathbb EX|\le B/\sqrt mE∣X−EX∣≤B/m​ for the mean XXX of mmm i.i.d. variables bounded by BBB.
  2. Utility Lemma 13: X≤YX\le YX≤Y a.s. implies E∣X∣≤∣EX∣+2E∣Y∣\mathbb E|X|\le|\mathbb EX|+2\mathbb E|Y|E∣X∣≤∣EX∣+2E∣Y∣.
  3. Lemma 14: an AERM that on-average generalizes with rate εoag\varepsilon_{\mathrm{oag}}εoag​ generalizes with rate εoag+2εerm+2B/m\varepsilon_{\mathrm{oag}}+2\varepsilon_{\mathrm{erm}}+2B/\sqrt mεoag​+2εerm​+2B/m​.
  4. Lemma 15: under the same hypotheses the rule is consistent with rate εoag+εerm\varepsilon_{\mathrm{oag}}+\varepsilon_{\mathrm{erm}}εoag​+εerm​.
  5. Lemma 16 (Main Converse Lemma): in a learnable problem, E∣FS(h^S)−F∗∣≤2εcons(m′)+2B/m+2Bm′2/m\mathbb E|F_S(\hat h_S)-F^*|\le2\varepsilon_{\mathrm{cons}}(m')+2B/\sqrt m+2Bm'^2/mE∣FS​(h^S​)−F∗∣≤2εcons​(m′)+2B/m​+2Bm′2/m for 2≤m′≤m/22\le m'\le m/22≤m′≤m/2.
  6. Lemma 17: Eq. (12), together with an AERM that is consistent, gives generalization with rate εemp+εerm+εcons\varepsilon_{\mathrm{emp}}+\varepsilon_{\mathrm{erm}}+\varepsilon_{\mathrm{cons}}εemp​+εerm​+εcons​.
  7. First display of the proof of Theorem 31: a generalizing ERM is LOO stable with rate εgen(m−1)\varepsilon_{\mathrm{gen}}(m-1)εgen​(m−1).
  8. Second display: a LOO stable ERM on-average generalizes on samples of size m−1m-1m−1 with rate εstable(m)+2B/m\varepsilon_{\mathrm{stable}}(m)+2B/mεstable​(m)+2B/m.

Significance

Theorem 31 shows that for exact ERMs, LOO stability is not only sufficient but necessary for consistency. It transfers the supervised-learning characterisation of Mukherjee et al. to the General Learning Setting, where uniform convergence is no longer available as an intermediate. The hypothesis is sharp in one direction: Example 6 of the paper gives a universally consistent AERM that is not LOO stable. The equivalence therefore depends on exact minimisation, and an asymptotic minimiser does not suffice.

The lemmas are useful on their own. Lemmas 14 and 15 are the standard bridges between on-average generalization, generalization and consistency. Lemma 16 says that the minimal empirical risk estimates F∗F^*F∗ consistently in every learnable problem, even when no ERM learns. Lemma 16 also underlies Theorem 7, the paper's main characterisation of learnability, which is the subject of mission I of this series.

The results are proved in the paper. As far as is known they have not been formalized in any proof assistant. The platform has the textbook side of this framework (Shalev-Shwartz and Ben-David, Understanding Machine Learning, Chapter 13). Those statements are in Rd\mathbb R^dRd and use a replace-one stability notion; they do not cover leave-one-out stability or the General Learning Setting.

Difficulty

The implications between stability and generalization change the sample size: S∖iS^{\setminus i}S∖i has m−1m-1m−1 points, so a statement about the rule at size mmm has to be compared with the rule at size m−1m-1m−1 under the marginal law of the reduced sample. The step from universal consistency to generalization needs Lemma 16. That lemma estimates F∗F^*F∗ from a sample on which the ERM itself may be inconsistent, and it is the only place where universality of the consistency rate is used. Per-distribution consistency of an ERM does not imply generalization (Example 1 of the paper). An argument that fixes D\mathcal DD throughout therefore cannot succeed.

Formalization scope

Samples are tuples S:Fin m→ZS:\mathrm{Fin}\,m\to\mathcal ZS:Finm→Z with law Measure.pi (the i.i.d. product), and S∖iS^{\setminus i}S∖i is Fin.removeNth i S. A learning rule is a family Am:Zm→HA_m:\mathcal Z^m\to\mathcal HAm​:Zm→H. Its value at m=0m=0m=0 is never used, and LOO stability is required only for m≥2m\ge2m≥2. FS(h^S)F_S(\hat h_S)FS​(h^S​) is the infimum inf⁡hFS(h)\inf_hF_S(h)infh​FS​(h) and no minimiser is chosen. An ERM is a rule attaining this infimum at every sample. A rate is non-increasing on m≥1m\ge1m≥1 and tends to 000. Universal properties are stated as "there exists ε\varepsilonε with IsRate ε such that for every probability measure D\mathcal DD …", with the rate chosen before the distribution. The bound BBB is any bound on ∣f∣|f|∣f∣; the paper's BBB is sup⁡∣f∣\sup|f|sup∣f∣, and all its rates increase with BBB.

Measurability is not discussed in the paper. The formalization assumes that each f(h;⋅)f(h;\cdot)f(h;⋅) is measurable and that the rule is measurable in the sense that (S,z)↦f(Am(S);z)(S,z)\mapsto f(A_m(S);z)(S,z)↦f(Am​(S);z) is jointly measurable. Lemmas 14–17 also assume that S↦inf⁡hFS(h)S\mapsto\inf_hF_S(h)S↦infh​FS​(h) is measurable. For a measurable ERM this holds automatically, so Theorem 31 makes no such assumption. Without these assumptions Lean's integral of a non-measurable function is 000 and every rate bound would hold trivially. For the same reason Utility Lemma 13 assumes X,YX,YX,Y integrable. The ERM hypothesis of the goal must not be weakened to an AERM: the statement would then be false (Example 6).

One statement corrects the printed text. In the second display of the proof of Theorem 31 (p. 2668), the chain adds 2B/m2B/m2B/m and then drops it. The milestone states the bound the argument proves, εstable(m)+2B/m\varepsilon_{\mathrm{stable}}(m)+2B/mεstable​(m)+2B/m. The rate-free Theorem 31 is unaffected.

The development needs product measures, independence and variance bounds, all available in Mathlib, and the marginals of Measure.pi under removal of a coordinate. The definitions of risks, rules and stability notions can be reused by other stability results. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, and so are alternative proofs of the goal.

Selected references

  • S. Shalev-Shwartz, O. Shamir, N. Srebro, K. Sridharan, Learnability, Stability and Uniform Convergence, Journal of Machine Learning Research 11 (2010) 2635–2670. https://jmlr.org/papers/v11/shalev-shwartz10a.html
  • O. Bousquet, A. Elisseeff, Stability and Generalization, Journal of Machine Learning Research 2 (2002) 499–526. https://www.jmlr.org/papers/v2/bousquet02a.html
  • S. Mukherjee, P. Niyogi, T. Poggio, R. Rifkin, Learning theory: stability is sufficient for generalization and necessary and sufficient for consistency of empirical risk minimization, Advances in Computational Mathematics 25 (2006) 161–193. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10444-004-7634-z
  • S. Kutin, P. Niyogi, Almost-everywhere algorithmic stability and generalization error, UAI 2002. https://arxiv.org/abs/1301.0579
  • L. Devroye, T. Wagner, Distribution-free performance bounds for potential function rules, IEEE Transactions on Information Theory 25(5) (1979) 601–604. https://doi.org/10.1109/TIT.1979.1056087
11 thms4 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 4 of 27Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me